Datasheet

ManualsBrandsBosch ManualsSecurity CamerasVEZ-211-IWCS

Bosch Security Systems

To learn more about our

product offering, please visit

www.boschsecurity.com

or send an e-mail to

emea.securitysystems@bosch.com

Modiﬁ cations reserved

Printed in the Netherlands

A Tradition of Quality and Innovation

For over 100 years, the Bosch name

has stood for quality and reliability.

Bosch is the global supplier of choice

for innovative technology, backed by

the highest standards for service

and support.

Bosch Security Systems proudly

offers a wide range of security, safety,

communications and sound solutions

that are relied upon every day in

applications around the world, from

government facilities and public venues

to businesses, schools and homes.

CCTV Databook

CCTV Products

Databook 2010

2010

Summary of content (756 pages)

PAGE 1
A Tradition of Quality and Innovation Bosch Security Systems To learn more about our product offering, please visit www.boschsecurity.com or send an e-mail to emea.securitysystems@bosch.
PAGE 2
SVK-Brand.
PAGE 3
Superior security, safety and communication products: stressing quality, innovation and support. For over 100 years, the Bosch name has stood for quality and reliability. Bosch is the global supplier of choice for innovative technology, backed by the highest standards for service and support. A tradition of innovation Quality comes first We have a long tradition of attaching top priority to Our company’s founder, Robert Bosch, set the standard. innovation.
PAGE 4
Contact_page_EMEA_0410.fm Seite 3 Mittwoch, 7. April 2010 3:59 15 Europe, Middle East and Africa Corporate Office Sales Offices Germany Belgium Bosch Sicherheitssysteme GmbH Werner-von-Siemens-Ring 10 85630 Grasbrunn Phone: +49 89 6290 0 Fax:+49 89 6290 1020 de.securitysystems@bosch.com www.bosch-sicherheitsprodukte.de Bosch Security Systems NV/SA Torkonjestraat 21F 8510 Kortrijk-Marke Phone: +32 56 24 5080 Fax: +32 56 22 8078 be.securitysystems@bosch.com www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 5
Contact_page_EMEA_0410.fm Seite 4 Mittwoch, 7. April 2010 3:59 15 Spain Sweden Bosch Security Systems, SAU C/Hermanos García Noblejas, 19 28037 Madrid Tel.: +34 914 102 011 Fax: +34 914 102 056 es.securitysystems@bosch.com www.boschsecurity.es Bosch Security Systems AB Vestagatan 2 416 64 Göteborg Phone: +46 31 722 5300 Fax: +46 31 722 5340 se.securitysystems@bosch.com www.boschsecurity.se Italy The Netherlands Bosch Security Systems S.P.A. Via M.A.
PAGE 6
IntroductionPage_Online_cmyk.fm Seite 3 Freitag, 23. Januar 2009 10:10 10 Online Product Catalog www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 7
Table of Contents | i Cameras, PTZ 1 V118xP Bullet Cameras VP‑RS2BLNX Protocol Converter 164 166 AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera AutoDome Easy II AutoDome Easy II IP 1 1 6 Monochrome Cameras LTC 0335 Series Dinion Monochrome Cameras LTC 0355 Series Dinion Monochrome Cameras LTC 0356 Series Dinion Monochrome Cameras LTC 0385 Series DinionXF Monochrome Cameras LTC 0510 Series DinionXF Monochrome Cameras 169 169 171 173 175 178 Prepackaged Cameras KBP Series Prepackaged Cameras KBC Series Prepackaged
PAGE 8
ii | Table of Contents Cameras, MiniDome 271 IP MiniDomes NDC-455 FlexiDome IP Cameras NDN-498 FlexiDome2X Day/Night IP Cameras NWD‑455 FlexiDome IP Cameras NWD‑495 FlexiDomeDN IP Cameras NDC-255-P and NDC-225-P IP Camera 200 Series 271 271 278 285 289 293 Analog MiniDomes VDN-498 Series FlexiDome 2X Dome Camera VDC‑485 Series Dome Cameras FlexiDome XF VDC‑480 Series Dome Cameras FlexiDome XF Indoor VDM‑3x5 and VDC‑4x5 Series Dome Cameras FlexiDome VF and XT+ LTC 13xx and LTC 14xx Series FlexiDome Fixe
PAGE 9
Table of Contents | iii Multiplexer Control Systems LTC 2605/91 Video Manager IntuiKey Series Keyboards System4 Series Video Management System 483 483 487 489 Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers LTC 2380/90, LTC 2382/90 Digital Video Quad Processor LTC 51x1 Series 2- and 4- position Economical Sequential Switchers LTC 510x Series 4- and 8- position Premium Sequential Switchers LTC 2662/90 Series Color Universal Video Multiplexer 493 Digital Motion Detectors VMD01‑Mx0 Series Digital Motion Detector 503
PAGE 10
iv | Table of Contents Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware Accessories for LCD Monitors TC9209MM‑W, MM3000, TC9217MM, TC9220MM Series Monitor Mounts Video Transmission Systems 697 697 701 705 Fiber Optic Video Transmission Fiber Optic Media Converters LTC 44xx, 46xx, and LTC 47xx Series Fiber Optics 705 705 Bilinx VP-CFGSFT Bilinx Configuration Tool LTC 8016/90 Allegiant Bilinx Data Interface 715 715 717 Video Signal Equipment LTC 5231/90 and LTC 5234/90 Video Distribution Amplifiers 719 Racki
PAGE 11
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera | 1 AutoDome Easy II A single AutoDome Easy II provides as much coverage as four fixed mini domes and is priced lower than a traditional PTZ dome camera. The AutoDome Easy II maximizes your security investment by integrating with the entire line of Bosch video products including variable speed Allegiant matrix switchers, DiBos and Divar digital recorders, as well as the full range of Bosch video over IP products.
PAGE 12
2 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera 1 Superior privacy masking The AutoDome Easy II allows for a total of 12 individual privacy masks, with up to 12 displayed in the same scene. Unlike conventional privacy masks, these can each be programmed with three, four, or even five corners to cover more complex shapes. As the camera is zoomed each mask changes size smoothly and quickly ensuring that the covered object cannot be seen.
PAGE 13
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera | 3 1 Pipe Mount Dimensions Recess Mount In-ceiling Dimensions In-ceiling Dimensions Wall Mount Dimensions Surface Mount Dimensions www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 14
4 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera 1 Technical Specifications Miscellaneous Camera 10x Color Sectors/Titling 8 independent sectors with 16-character titles/sector 1/4 in. Exview HAD CCD Camera Setup/Control Biphase +/-, RS-485, Bilinx (752 x 582 PAL)/(768 x 494 NTSC) Protocol Support Bosch (OSRD, Bilinx), Pelco P, Pelco D Imager Lens 10x Zoom (4.2–42.0 mm) (f/1.
PAGE 15
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera | 5 Ordering Information VEZ-221-IWCS Indoor AutoDome Easy II Clear 10x Color NTSC Indoor AutoDome Easy II white 10x Color NTSC camera with clear bubble VEZ-221-IWCS VEZ-211-IWTS Indoor AutoDome Easy II Tinted 10x Color PAL Indoor AutoDome Easy II white 10x color PAL camera with tinted bubble VEZ-211-IWTS VEZ-221-IWTS Indoor AutoDome Easy II Tinted 10x Color NTSC Indoor AutoDome Easy II white 10x color NTSC camera with tinted bubble VEZ-221-IWTS 1 Acce
PAGE 16
6 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera 1 AutoDome Easy II IP The AutoDome Easy II IP conforms to the ONVIF (Open Network Video Interface Forum) specification guaranteeing interoperability between network video products regardless of manufacturer. AutoDome Easy II IP highlights With a dome diameter of only 4 inches (10.2 cm), the AutoDome Easy II IP is about 70% smaller than traditional PTZ cameras and 20% smaller than other compact domes.
PAGE 17
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera | 7 Pan and tilt preset repeatability are accurate to within ±0.1 degrees to ensure that the correct scene is captured every time. AutoDome Easy II IP delivers variable pan/tilt speeds from a crawl speed of only 0.1 degrees per second up to an ultra-quick 120 degrees per second. The dome is capable of pan speeds of 360 degrees per second and tilt speeds of 100 degrees per second between prepositions.
PAGE 18
8 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera 1 Superior privacy masking The AutoDome Easy II IP allows for a total of 12 individual privacy masks, with up to 12 displayed in the same scene. Unlike conventional privacy masks, these can each be programmed with three, four, or even five corners to cover more complex shapes. As the camera is zoomed each mask changes size smoothly and quickly ensuring that the covered object cannot be seen.
PAGE 19
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera | 9 1 Recess Mount In-ceiling In-ceiling Dimensions Wall Mount Dimensions Surface Mount Dimensions www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 20
10 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera 1 Technical Specifications Mechanical/Electrical Camera 10x Color Weight 1.3 kg (2.86 lb) 1/4 in. Exview HAD CCD Pan Range 0-360° continuous (752 x 582 PAL)/(768 x 494 NTSC) Tilt Angle 0-94° 10x Zoom (4.2–42.0 mm) (f/1.8) Variable Speed 0.1°/s-120°/s Focus Automatic with manual override Pre-position Speed Iris Automatic with manual override (F1.8 to F2.9) Pan:360°/s Tilt: 100°/s Preset Accuracy ± 0.1° typ. Field of View Approx. 4.
PAGE 21
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera | 11 Construction Ordering Information Material Cast aluminum Color White or Charcoal Size (Diameter x Height) 6.02 in. x 4.61 in. (153.0 mm x 133.0 mm), Cast aluminum Bubble 4.0 in. (10.
PAGE 22
12 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Easy Compact PTZ Camera 1 Ordering Information VEZ-211-ICCEIVA Indoor AutoDome Easy II IP with IVA Clear 10x Color PAL Indoor AutoDome Easy II IP with IVA, charcoal 10x Color PAL camera with clear bubble VEZ-211-ICCEIVA VEZ-221-ICCEIVA Indoor AutoDome Easy II IP with IVA Clear 10x Color NTSC Indoor AutoDome Easy II IP with IVA, charcoal 10x Color NTSC camera with clear bubble VEZ-221-ICCEIVA VEZ-211-IWTEIVA Indoor AutoDome Easy II IP with IVA Tinted 10x Color PAL Indoor Au
PAGE 23
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 100 Series | 13 AutoDome 100 Series Fixed Camera System By using the same housing components, all installations have a consistent look, and observers have no idea which type of camera (if any) is watching over them. This unique, modular design also gives you the flexibility to move cameras between different housings when special coverage is needed, or as site plan requirements change.
PAGE 24
14 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 100 Series 1 • • • • SensUp – Increases integration time by a factor of 10 to dramatically enhance sensitivity. Back Light Compensation (BLC) – A fully programmable backlight compensation (BLC) area of interest and variable BLC level let 100 Series day/ night cameras overcome even the most challenging entrance, vestibule, and lobby applications. Auto Black – Enhances contrast by compensating for reduced contrast due to fog, mist, or glare.
PAGE 25
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 100 Series | 15 3 Fiber optic option is multi-mode with biphase. Requires LTC 4629 at Certifications and Approvals the system. Region Certification Europe CE 4 Roof mount mounts to vertical Parapet. For flat roof installation, order VG4-1ab-cdefgh, VG4-2ab-cdefgh, VG4-3ab-cdefgh, VG4-5ab-cdefgh, VG4A-PAxx, VG4-A-PSUxx an additional LTC 9230/01 Flat Roof Adapter Plate. 5 Optional trim skirt available as a separate purchase.
PAGE 26
16 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 100 Series 1 Camera 5 mm–50 mm - Color 6 Add 16 W if using VG4-SHTR-XT kit. Imager Surge Suppression 1/3 in. Interline CCD (752 x 582 PAL)/(768 x 492 NTSC) Lens Iris Automatic Field of View 47.5° to 5.0° Video Output 1.
PAGE 27
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 100 Series | 17 Fiber Optic Models Pendant Arm Mounts Extended temp heater module extends temperature range to –55°C (–67°F) for EnviroDome® only VG4-SHTR-XT Cables Monitor cable Optical Fiber Compatibility 50/125 mm, 62.5/125 mm, low loss multimode glass fiber, rated for a minimum system bandwidth of 20 MHz (video 850 nm/Control 1300 nm) Max Distance 4 km (2.
PAGE 28
18 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 100 Series 1 Outdoor System Dimensions Reference Description 1 Wall Mount – Side with power supply and trim skirt 2 Wall Mount – Front with power supply and trim skirt 3 Wall Mount – Back with power supply and trim skirt 4 Pipe Mount 5 Mast Mount 6 Corner Mount 7 Roof Mount 8 Roof Mount Adapter 9 Power Supply for Pipe and Roof Mounts Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 29
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 200 Series | 19 AutoDome 200 Series PTZ Camera System By using the same housing components, all installations have a consistent look, and observers have no idea which type of camera (if any) is watching over them. This unique, modular design also gives you the flexibility to move cameras between different housings when special coverage is needed, or as site plan requirements change.
PAGE 30
20 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 200 Series 1 The 200 Series supports 64 pre-positions and a single preset tour. The preset tour has the capacity for up to 64 pre-positions with a configurable dwell time between prepositions. Supported menu languages include: English, French, German, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, Dutch, and Polish. Optional hybrid analog/IP operation AutoDomes equipped with the optional TCP/IP Communications Module use an advanced H.
PAGE 31
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 200 Series | 21 4 Roof mount mounts to vertical Parapet. For flat roof installation, order Certifications and Approvals an additional LTC 9230/01 Flat Roof Adapter Plate. Region Certification Europe CE 5 Optional trim skirt available as a separate purchase.
PAGE 32
22 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 200 Series 1 Surge Suppression 8 With Ethernet models, the biphase ± can optionally be used as the Protection on Video Peak current 10 kA (Gas Tube Arrester), peak power 1000 W (10/1000 μ) Protection on RS-232/485, Biphase Peak current 10 A, peak power 300 W (8/20 μ) Protection on Alarm Peak current 17 A, peak power 300 W (8/20 μ) Inputs audio line in connector. 9 Ethernet models have no UTP analog output only BNC (coax).
PAGE 33
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 200 Series | 23 1 Indoor System Dimensions Reference Description Reference Description 1 Wall Mount – Side with power supply and trim skirt removed 3a Wall Mount – Back with power supply 1a Wall/Mast Mount - Side with VG4-ARMPLATE 4 Pipe Mount 2 Wall Mount – Front with power supply and trim skirt 5 In-ceiling Mount – Front 2a Wall Mount – Front with power supply 6 In-ceiling Mount – Side 3 Wall Mount – Back with power supply and trim skirt www.
PAGE 34
24 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 200 Series 1 Outdoor System Dimensions Reference Description 1 Wall Mount – Side with power supply and trim skirt 1a Wall/Mast Mount – Side with VG4-ARMPLATE 2 Wall Mount – Front with power supply and trim skirt 2a Wall Mount – Front with power supply 3 Wall Mount – Back with power supply and trim skirt 3a Wall Mount – Back with power supply 4 Pipe Mount 5 Mast Mount 6 Corner Mount 7 Roof Mount 8 Roof Mount Adapter 9 Power Supply for Pipe and Ro
PAGE 35
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series | 25 AutoDome 300 Series PTZ Camera System Interchangeable modules The entire AutoDome system is based on five interchangeable modules: the CPU, camera, housing, communications, and power supply. Simply swap one of AutoDome’s interchangeable modules and quickly upgrade from analog to IP, color to day/night, or add motion detection. Never before have you had the ability to adapt a security system to your changing needs this quickly or inexpensively.
PAGE 36
26 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series 1 High-performance PTZ day/night cameras Advanced alarm control Image control and quality are integral aspects of any PTZ dome system, and the AutoDome delivers. The 300 Series is available with a choice of 18x, 26x, or an industryleading 36x optical zoom lens, and all 300 Series systems offer a full 12x digital zoom.
PAGE 37
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series | 27 AutoDome in-ceiling housings provide IP 54 protection and are rated IK 8 (IEC 62262). These housings feature an impact-resistant polycarbonate Rugged Bubble to protect your camera from vandalism. The Rugged Bubble can withstand impacts equivalent to a 4.5 kg (10 lb) weight dropped from a height of 3 m (10 ft). 1 Outdoor EnviroDome housings provide an operating temperature range down to -40°C (-40°F).
PAGE 38
28 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series 1 Installation/Configuration Notes Technical Specifications Camera 36x Day/Night Imager 1/4 in. Exview HAD CCD (752 x 582 PAL)/(768 x 494 NTSC) 1 Video Format 1 2 PTZ PAL PTZ NTSC 2 Camera Type Lens 36x Zoom (3.4 –122.4 mm) F1.6 to F4.5 Focus Automatic with manual override Iris Automatic with manual override Field of View 1.7° to 57.8° Video Output 1.
PAGE 39
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series | 29 Night Mode SensUp Off 0.10 lx 0.26 lx SensUp On (15x) 0.0013 lx 0.0026 lx Electronic Shutter Speed (AES) 1 to 1/10,000 SNR >50 dB White Balance 2000 K to 10,000 K In-Ceiling Indoor Pendant EnviroDome® Power 21-30 VAC 50/60 Hz 21-30 VAC 50/60 Hz 21-30 VAC 50/60 Hz Power Draw: (typ) Analog Models 7 F1.6, 1/60 (1/50) shutter, max AGC. 10 W 10 W 46 W9 Ethernet Mod- 14 W els 14 W 50 W9 9 Add 16 W if using VG4-SHTR-XT kit.
PAGE 40
30 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series 1 10 Bilinx not available on Ethernet models.
PAGE 41
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series | 31 1 Indoor System Dimensions Reference Description Reference Description 1 Wall Mount – Side with power supply and trim skirt removed 3a Wall Mount – Back with power supply 1a Wall/Mast Mount – Side with VG4-ARMPLATE 4 Pipe Mount 2 Wall Mount – Front with power supply and trim skirt 5 In-ceiling Mount – Front 2a Wall Mount – Front with power supply 6 In-ceiling Mount – Side 3 Wall Mount – Back with power supply and trim skirt www.
PAGE 42
32 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 300 Series 1 Outdoor System Dimensions Reference Description 1 Wall Mount – Side with power supply and trim skirt 1a Wall/Mast Mount – Side with VG4-ARMPLATE 2 Wall Mount – Front with power supply and trim skirt 2a Wall Mount – Front with power supply 3 Wall Mount – Back with power supply and trim skirt 3a Wall Mount – Back with power supply 4 Pipe Mount 5 Mast Mount 6 Corner Mount 7 Roof Mount 8 Roof Mount Adapter 9 Power Supply for Pipe and Ro
PAGE 43
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series | 33 AutoDome 500i Series Intelligent PTZ Camera System Never before have you had the ability to adapt a security system to your changing needs this quickly or inexpensively. By using the same housing components, all installations have a consistent look, and observers have no idea which type of camera (if any) is watching over them.
PAGE 44
34 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series 1 outstanding clarity and image detail. The 36x camera also incorporates technology that dramatically improves the dynamic range by 128 times. Also known as WDR (widedynamic range), it results in clear image reproduction in extreme high-contrast environments. The AutoScaling (proportional zoom) and AutoPivot (automatically rotates and flips the camera) features ensure optimal control.
PAGE 45
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series | 35 Optional hybrid analog/IP operation AutoDomes equipped with the optional TCP/IP Communications Module use an advanced H.264 encoder to create DVD-quality streaming video across a local or a wide area network, and can simultaneously stream CVBS video via coaxial cabling to support existing analog equipment.
PAGE 46
36 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series 1 Electromagnetic Com- Complies with FCC Part 15, ICES-003, and CE patibility (EMC) regulations, including EN50130-4 and EN50121-4 Technical Specifications Product Safety Imager Complies with CE regulations, UL, CSA, EN, and IEC Standards Installation/Configuration Notes Camera 36x Day/Night 1/4 in. Exview HAD CCD (752 x 582 PAL)/(768 x 494 NTSC) Lens 36x Zoom (3.4 –122.4 mm) F1.6 to F4.
PAGE 47
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series | 37 Electronic Shutter Speed 1 to 1/10,000 9 Add 16 W if using VG4-SHTR-XT kit. SNR >50 dB Surge Suppression White Balance 2000 K to 10,000 K Protection on Video Peak current 10 kA (Gas Tube Arrester), peak power 1000 W (10/1000 μ) 7 F1.6, 1/60 (1/50) shutter, max AGC. Protection on RS-232/485, Biphase 18x Day/Night Imager 1 1/4 in.
PAGE 48
38 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series 1 User Connections Pendant Arm Mounts 21-30 VAC, 50/60 Hz Mast (Pole) Mounting Plate Power (Heater) 21-30 VAC, 50/60 Hz Pendant Pipe Mounts Biphase ± Control Data Pipe Mount Cap 9 K Ohm typ, 5.
PAGE 49
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series | 39 1 Indoor System Dimensions Reference Description Reference Description 1 Wall Mount – Side with power supply and trim skirt removed 3a Wall Mount – Back with power supply 1a Wall/Mast Mount – Side with VG4-ARMPLATE 4 Pipe Mount 2 Wall Mount – Front with power supply and trim skirt 5 In-ceiling Mount – Front 2a Wall Mount – Front with power supply 6 In-ceiling Mount – Side 3 Wall Mount – Back with power supply and trim skirt www.
PAGE 50
40 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular 500i Series 1 Outdoor System Dimensions Reference Description 1 Wall Mount – Side with power supply and trim skirt 1a Wall/Mast Mount – Side with VG4-ARMPLATE 2 Wall Mount – Front with power supply and trim skirt 2a Wall Mount – Front with power supply 3 Wall Mount – Back with power supply and trim skirt 3a Wall Mount – Back with power supply 4 Pipe Mount 5 Mast Mount 6 Corner Mount 7 Roof Mount 8 Roof Mount Adapter 9 Power Supply for Pipe and R
PAGE 51
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories | 41 AutoDome Modules and Accessories By using the same housing components, all installations have a consistent look, and observers have no idea which type of camera (if any) is watching over them. This unique, modular design also gives you the flexibility to move cameras between different housings when special coverage is needed, or as site plan requirements change.
PAGE 52
42 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories 1 High-performance 18x PTZ Color Camera Communications Modules The high-performance 18x PTZ color cameras have a 1/4inch color CCD. With 470/480 TVL (NTSC/PAL) horizontal resolution and sensitivity down to 0.5 lux, this camera offers exceptional performance at an affordable price. A rugged motor with fewer moving parts mean that this camera uses less power and is extremely reliable, making it ideal for high-usage applications.
PAGE 53
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories | 43 The VG4-SFPSCKT is a unique media converter module for use with VG4 series AutoDomes incorporating the Ethernet (TCP/IP) Communications Module. This media converter module is designed to accept any of the 10/100 Mbps SFP modules described below. Technical Specifications The media converter module along with the SFP module is user installed directly into the AutoDome's power supply box to provide an integrated fiber optic solution.
PAGE 54
44 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories 1 2.7–13.5 mm Fixed Day/Night Camera 5–50 mm Fixed Day/Night Camera Night Mode SensUp On (15x) 0.017 lx 0.052 lx SensUp Off 0.12 lx 0.36 lx SNR >50 dB SensUp On (15x) 0.012 lx 0.
PAGE 55
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories | 45 36x Day/Night Camera 18x Day/Night Camera 30 IRE 50 IRE SensUp Off 0.4 lx 0.7 lx SensUp On (15x) 0.0041 lx 0.0082 lx Sensitivity (typical)1 Day Mode Night Mode SensUp Off 0.05 lx 0.17 lx SensUp On (15x) 0.0007 lx 0.0013 lx Electronic Shutter Speed 1 to 1/10,000 SNR >50 dB White Balance 2000 K to 10,000 K 1) F1.4, 1/60 (1/50) shutter, max AGC 26x Day/Night Camera Lens 36x Zoom (3.4–122.4 mm) F1.6 to F4.
PAGE 56
46 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories 1 Power Supplies Dimensions (L x H x W) Model Input Output Rating Input Fuses Output Fuses ALTV244UL, ALTV248UL3 215.9 x 190.5 x 88.9 mm (8.5 x 7.5 x 3.5 in.) VG4-A-PSU0F4 (with integrated fiber optic module) 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz 24 V @ 96 VA 5.0 A Camera Heater ALTV2416ULX3 2.0 A 3.15 A 330.2 x 342.9 x 88.9 mm (13.0 x 13.5 x 3.5 in.) VG4-A-PSU1 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 24 V @ 96 VA 1.6 A 2.0 A 3.
PAGE 57
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories | 47 Type Connector Wavelength Max. (transmit/receive) Distance SFP-2 MMF Duplex LC 1310 nm / 1310 nm 2 km (1.2 miles) SFP-3 SMF Duplex LC 1310 nm / 1310 nm 20 km (12.4 miles ) SFP-23 SMF Single SC 1310 nm / 1550 nm SFP-24 SMF Single SC VG4-A-9230 Roof mount, white LTC 9230/01 Accessory for mounting a unit in an upright position on a flat surface (for use with VG4-A-9230) 60 km (37.
PAGE 58
48 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories 1 Ordering Information Ordering Information VG4-MCAM-51 AutoDome 2.7-13.5 mm Fixed PAL Color Camera Module 2.7–13.5 mm color PAL camera, 1/3 in. CCD, 540 TVL VG4-MCAM-51 VG4-MCAM-52 AutoDome 2.7-13.5 mm Fixed PAL Day/Night Camera Module 2.7–13.5 mm day/night PAL camera, 1/3 in. CCD, 540 TVL VG4-MCAM-52 VG4-MCAM-53 AutoDome 5-50 mm Fixed PAL Color Camera Module 5–50 mm color PAL camera, 1/3 in.
PAGE 59
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories | 49 Ordering Information Ordering Information Accessories VG4-A-PSU2F 230 VAC Power Supply Unit with Fiber Optic Module 230 VAC, 100 W, NEMA-rated with an integrated analog multimode fiber optic video transmitter/data receiver module, white VG4-A-PSU2F LTC 9230/01 Flat Roof Mount Adapter for mounting a unit in an upright position on a flat surface for roof parapet mount LTC 9230/00 LTC 9230/01 VG4-A-9230 Roof Mount Roof mount, white VG4-A-9230 VG4-A-ARM
PAGE 60
50 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories 1 AutoDome TCP/IP Communications Module Built-in iSCSI support allows network-enabled AutoDomes to stream video directly to an iSCSI RAID array. This eliminates the need to stream all the video data over the network to a conventional network video recorder (NVR). The TCP/IP Communications Module can be configured to send alarm notifications with associated snapshot images via e-mail. SNMP support is included for remote device monitoring and management.
PAGE 61
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories | 51 The built in web server allows authorized access using a standard web browser, such as internet Explorer, eliminating the need to install special viewing software. Audio The AutoDome TCP/IP Communications Module provides integrated one-way audio support. This support allows the user to remotely monitor audio from the camera site directly over the network. Bosch enables video and audio to be relayed as a single media stream so the two are synchronized.
PAGE 62
52 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome® Modular Accessories 1 Ordering Information VG4-MTRN-E AutoDome® TCP/IP Communications Module TCP/IP (Ethernet) communications module for AutoDome 100, 200, 300 and 500i Series products VG4-MTRN-E Accessories VIP-XD H.264/MPEG-4/MPEG-2 single/quad-stream decoder, serial I/O, alarm in, relay VIP-XD Software Options SFT-VASA Hybrid IP - Analog/Matrix Video over IP Integration Software Bosch Security Systems B.V. SFT-VASA www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 63
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems | 53 VG4 Series Pressurized Environmental Housing Module Functions This rugged pressurized housing, combined with the AutoDome Modular Camera System, maintains peak performance in the worst of conditions. The IP67 rated pressurized dome is the ultimate way to protect the camera from harsh environmental conditions. Image control and quality are integral aspects of any outdoor surveillance system.
PAGE 64
54 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems 1 Installation/Configuration Notes Technical Specifications VG4 Pressurized Environmental Housing Module VG4-MHSG-NC Pressurized Environmental Housing Module, with Clear Bubble VG4-MHSG-NT Pressurized Environmental Housing Module, Tinted Bubble Mechanical Weight 2.23 kg (4.92 lb) Pan Range 360° cont. Tilt Angle 18° above horizon Variable Speed 0.1°/s-120°/s Pre-position Speed Pan: 360°/s Tilt: 100°/s Preset Accuracy ± 0.1° typ.
PAGE 65
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems | 55 30 IRE 50 IRE Aperture Correction Horizontal and vertical Day Mode Digital Zoom 12x SensUp Off Horizontal Resolution NTSC: 470 TVL, typical PAL: 480 TVL, typical Sensitivity (typical)7 30 IRE 50 IRE SensUp Off 0.4 lx 0.7 lx SensUp On (15x) 0.0041 lx 0.0082 lx SensUp Off 0.05 lx 0.17 lx SensUp On (15x) 0.0007 lx 0.0013 lx Sensitivity (typical) 5 0.66 lx SensUp On (1/4) (15x) 0.033 lx 1.4 lx 0.083 lx Night Mode SensUp Off 0.
PAGE 66
56 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems 1 Protection on Power Peak current 7.3 A, peak power 600 W Input (Dome) (10/1000 μ) Protection on Peak current 21.
PAGE 67
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems | 57 Ordering Information VG4 Series Kit with Pressurized Environmental Housing Contact your Bosch Security Systems, Inc. representative for complete ordering information for the VG4 Series AutoDome Modular Camera System with the Pressurized Environmental Housing. VG4 Series Pressurized Environmental Housing – Side View Bubble Support Ring – Bottom View Bubble Support Ring – Side View www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 68
58 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems 1 PRS Series Pressurized Dome Outdoor Housings Systems Image control and quality are integral aspects of any outdoor surveillance system. The PressureDome offers optical zoom lenses from 18x to 26x, and all systems offer a full 12x digital zoom once the end of the optical zoom is reached. In addition, the patented scaling feature ensures optimal control for viewing at all zoom settings.
PAGE 69
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems | 59 Installation/Configuration Notes 1 PRS-Housing 01 Pressurized Housing 02 M –18x Monochrome C –18x Color D –18x Day/Night E –26x Day/night 03 1 –12 VAC NTSC 2 –230 VAC PAL 5 –24 VAC PAL1 6 –24 VAC NTSC1 04 F –Fiber Optic2 _ –Standard Note 1. 01 NPT Coupling The following ordering chart applies only to orders from the Americas. For customers in Europe, the Middle East or in Africa, please contact your local Bosch representative. No transformer included.
PAGE 70
60 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems 1 Aperture Correction Horizontal and vertical Digital Zoom 12x Horizontal Resolution 470 TVL (NTSC) / 460 TVL (PAL) Sensitivity (Minimum Usable Video: 20 IRE) 18x Color 18x Day/Night Day Mode w/Slow Shutter Off 0.25 lux 0.25 lux Night Mode w/Slow Shutter Off — 0.031 lux Day Mode w/Slow Shutter On 0.0033 lux 0.0033 lux Night Mode w/Slow Shutter On — 0.0005 lux Sensitivity (Usable Video: 50 IRE) PRS-Mast 01 1 1/2 in.
PAGE 71
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems | 61 Sensitivity (Usable Video: 50 IRE) Miscellaneous Day Mode w/Slow Shutter Off 1 lux Sectors/Titling 16 Independent sectors with 16-character titles/sector Night Mode w/Slow Shutter Off 0.26 lux Camera Setup/Control Bi-Phase or Bilinx (coax) Day Mode w/Slow Shutter On 0.026 lux Pre-positions 99, each with 16-character titles Guard Tours Night Mode w/Slow Shutter On 0.
PAGE 72
62 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems 1 AutoDome Accessories Indoor Power Supplies We recommend the new AutoDome Power Supplies. These are designed to drive 4, 8, or 16 domes from a single box. They deliver 28 VAC rather than the typical 24 VAC to allow for longer distance runs.
PAGE 73
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems | 63 Indoor Power Supply Specifications3 Integrated pendant arm Electrical 120 VAC input, 28 VAC, 60 Hz output Features On-board surge suppression; On/Off switch Models Available G3A-PSU1-4 (3.5 A total current) G3A-PSU1-8 (6.5 A total current) G3A-PSU1-16 (13 A total current) Dimensions 4 Dome 8 and 16 Dome Length 21 cm (8.5 in.) 28.5 cm (11.5 in.) Height 23.5 cm (9.5 in.) 29 cm (11.25 in.) Width 9.5 cm (3.75 in.) 9 cm (3.5 in.) Certificates UL, CE 3.
PAGE 74
64 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems 1 Stand-Alone Box No Fiber Optics W/Fiber Optics 24 VAC (no transformer) ENV-BOX N/A 120 VAC ENV-PSU1 ENV-PSU1F 230 VAC ENV-PSU2 ENV-PSU2F 120 VAC Surge Protection ENV-PSU1-SP ENV-PSU1F-SP 230 VAC Surge Protection ENV-PSU2-SP ENV-PSU2F-SP AutoTrack Specifications AutoTrack circuitry is located on the power supply board, and has the same environmental specifications and listings noted above under the EnviroDome Power Supply Specifications heading, loca
PAGE 75
Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems | 65 LTC 5136 AutoDome Controller The LTC 5136 AutoDome Controller includes a 22-key control unit with integral vector-solving pan/tilt/zoom joystick, interface box, and an appropriate power supply.
PAGE 76
66 | Cameras, PTZ | AutoDome Systems Connectors 1 Data In 9-pin D connector Bi-Phase Output Removable terminal blocks with three connections: "+", "-", and "S" (Shield) for each of the sixteen Bi-Phase code outputs Control Unit Connection RJ-11 Control Unit to Interface Box Cable 3 m (10 ft) with RJ-11 connector Power Connector Bayonet type Case Black plastic with metal mounting flanges Dimensions - Overall (W x D x H) 154 x 132 x 38 mm (6.08 x 5.25 x 1.5 in.) Weight 0.132 kg (0.
PAGE 77
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 67 MIC Series 500 Classic On-screen menus allow camera set-up from the control room via a remote keyboard. The MIC Series 500 Classic is compatible with all leading control systems and has a wide choice of protocols available. A choice of true day/night camera modules offering up to 36x optical zoom (12x digital) are available, providing 540 TV lines (PAL). Preset positions, preset tours and random tours ensure flexible surveillance options.
PAGE 78
68 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Certifications and Approvals Back Light Compensation On/Off (BLC) Region Certification White Balance Automatic Europe CE –3 to –28 dB, –2 dB steps Global IP Rating Automatic Gain Control (AGC) USA UL UL 60950-1, 2nd Edition:2007 Aperture Control 16 Steps FCC CFR 47 FCC part 15:2009, Class B CSA CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.
PAGE 79
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 69 Connectivity Options MIC Universal Camera Setup Software Utility (Cam-set) Supplied free with each camera, cam-set allows direct connection to a USB equipped PC via the MIC Series PSU or over a full duplex or IP network to provide access to all camera functions and useful diagnostic tools Camera Module 18x camera module or 36x camera module Camera Color System PAL Telemetry Control Card Built-in Window Wiper Standard Video Coaxial via com
PAGE 80
70 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Ordering Information Ordering Information MIC-501KBD Keyboard Controller Keyboard controller with 3-axis joystick for 1 camera (FV PROTOCOL ONLY) MIC-501KBD MIC-516KBD Keyboard Controller Keyboard controller with 3-axis joystick for 1 to 16 cameras (FV PROTOCOL ONLY) MIC-516KBD MIC-WKT Washer Kit Washer kit for non infrared MIC models (includes washer pump drive card, washer nozzle and mounting brackets for wall and 4 in.
PAGE 81
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 71 MIC Series 400 Camera The brushless motor technology offers ultra-reliable, whisper-quiet operation with full 360º continuous rotation pan and 320º tilt control for exceptional viewing capability. Small increment pan/tilt speeds from just 0.2º per second to 90º per second give the user precise control. This speed control is especially important when used with video analytic systems, particularly for tracking subjects when fully zoomed in.
PAGE 82
72 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Certifications and Approvals Camera Module Region Certification Europe CE Global IP Rating USA UL AC08-10-Q013 UL 60950-1 2nd Edition: 2007 FCC AC08-10-Q013 CFR 47 FCC part 15:2009, Class B CSA AC08-10-Q012 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.
PAGE 83
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 73 Communication and Protocols Communication RS485 / RS422 Control protocol Bosch or FV protocol cameras available, additional supported protocols are Pelco D, Kalatel, 360 Vision, American Dynamics, Panasonic, Molynx, VCL, and Vicon. These can be loaded using the MICUSB485CVTR signal converter and Cam-set via a PC. Biphase control requires a Biphase to RS485 converter (MIC-BP4, available separately) to connect to Bi-phase equipment.
PAGE 84
74 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Ordering Information Ordering Information MIC400ALGCW13518P MIC Series 400 Aluminum Aluminum 18X, PAL, PTZ camera, Grey, Canted, FV Protocol with integrated wiper, heater and privacy function. MIC400ALGCW135 18P MIC400ALWUW13518P MIC Series 400 Aluminum Aluminum 18X, PAL, PTZ camera, White, Upright, FV Protocol with integrated wiper, heater and privacy function.
PAGE 85
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 75 Ordering Information Ordering Information MIC400ALGCP13518N MIC Series 400 Aluminum Aluminum 18X, NTSC, PTZ camera, Grey, Canted, Bosch Protocol with integrated wiper, heater and privacy function. MIC400ALGCP135 18N MIC400ALWUP13518N MIC Series 400 Aluminum Aluminum 18X, NTSC, PTZ camera, White, Upright, Bosch Protocol with integrated wiper, heater and privacy function.
PAGE 86
76 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Ordering Information MIC-2M-S 2 m Shielded Composite Cable Shielded Composite 2 m cable that provides power, telemetry and video connection from a MIC Series camera to a MIC Series power supply MIC-2M-S MIC-10M-S 10 m Shielded Composite Cable Shielded Composite 10 m cable that provides power, telemetry and video connection from a MIC Series camera to a MIC Series power supply MIC-10M-S MIC-20M-S 20 m Shielded Composite Cable Shielded Composite
PAGE 87
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 77 MIC Series 400 Infra-red Camera The twin integrated, long-life, LED Infra-red lamps ensure clear illumination of the camera view to 55 m (180 ft) in total darkness, ensuring high quality images regardless of the lighting conditions. Brushless motor technology ensures ultra-reliable, whisper-quiet operation. Groundbreaking resolver technology provides pinpoint accuracy and affords the user full 360° continuous rotation pan and 186.6° tilt control.
PAGE 88
78 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE AC08-10-Q012 EMC Directive, Low Voltage Directive USA UL AC08-10-Q013 UL 60950-1 2nd Edition: 2007 FCC AC08-10-Q013 CFR 47 FCC part 15:2009, Class B CSA AC08-10-Q012 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.
PAGE 89
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 79 36x Optical Zoom Module Connectivity Lens F=3.4 mm (wide) to 122.4 mm (tele), F1.6 to F4.5 Video Co-axial via composite cable Zoom 36x optical (12x digital) Telemetry Twisted pair. Simplex, half and full duplex operation via composite cable Angle of view 57.8° (wide) to 1.7° (tele) Minimum illumination 1.4 lux (1/60 s NTSC, 1/50 s PAL, typical, F1.6, 50IRE) 0.1 lux (1/4 s NTSC, 1/3 s PAL, typical, F1.6, 50IRE) ICR-ON mode: 0.
PAGE 90
80 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Ordering Information MIC400IRBCW14618P MIC Series 400 Infra-Red Infra-Red, 18X, PAL, PTZ camera, Black, Canted, FV Protocol, with integrated wiper MIC400IRBCW146 18P Accessories MIC-IR-24PSU-UL 24 VAC Camera/IR Power Supply 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz power supply for MIC Series cameras with Infrared Illuminators MIC-IR-24PSU-UL MIC-IR-115PSU-UL 115 VAC Camera/IR Power Supply 115 VAC, 60 Hz power supply for MIC Series cameras with Infrared Illuminators M
PAGE 91
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 81 MIC Series 400 Public Address Camera perfect flat viewing window and integrated, long-life silicone wiper ensure razor sharp images are captured in even the most demanding conditions. The brushless motor technology offers ultra-reliable, whisper-quiet operation with full 360º continuous rotation pan and 196º tilt control for exceptional viewing capability. Small-increment pan/tilt speeds, from just 0.
PAGE 92
82 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Certifications and Approvals Lens F=3.4 mm (wide) to 122.4 mm (tele), F1.6 to F4.5 AC08-10-Q012 EMC Directive, Low Voltage Directive Zoom 36x optical (12x digital) Angle of view 57.8° (wide) to 1.7° (tele) UL AC08-10-Q013 UL 60950-1 2nd Edition: 2007 Minimum illumination FCC AC08-10-Q013 CFR 47 FCC part 15:2009, Class B CSA AC08-10-Q012 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1-07 1.4 lux (1/60 s NTSC, 1/50 s PAL, typical, F1.6, 50IRE) 0.
PAGE 93
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 83 Connectivity Video Co-axial via composite cable Telemetry Twisted pair.
PAGE 94
84 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Ordering Information MIC-25M-S 25 m Shielded Composite Cable Shielded Composite 25 m cable that provides power, telemetry and video connection from a MIC Series camera to a MIC Series power supply Bosch Security Systems B.V. MIC-25M-S www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 95
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 85 MIC Series 400 Stainless Steel Camera The brushless motor technology offers ultra-reliable, whisper-quiet operation with full 360º continuous rotation pan and 320º tilt control for exceptional viewing capability. Small-increment pan/tilt speeds, from just 0.2º per second to 90º per second, give the user precise control.
PAGE 96
86 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Electromagnetic Com- Complies with FCC Part 15, ICES-003, and CE patibility (EMC) regulations including EN50130-4 , EN61000-3-2:2006, EN61000-3-3:1995, and EN55022:2006 inc AL:2007 Operational Safety Complies with CE regulations, UL, EN, and IEC Standards 60950-1 & 22 Weatherproofing IP68 Technical Specifications Camera Module Image sensor 1/4‑inch EXview CCD, WDR (36x only) Horizontal resolution 18x module, 470 TVL NTSC/PAL typical 36x mo
PAGE 97
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 87 Construction Ordering Information Construction material Grade 316L stainless steel Viewing window Tempered flat glass Window wiper Standard, long-life silicone wiper Heater Standard Standard colors Stainless Steel (no color options) Standard finish Stainless Steel (no finish options) Dimensions (W x H x D) 205 x 360 x 165 mm (8.07 x 14.17 x 6.50 in.) (upright and inverted) Weight 16.5 Kg (36.38 lb) (including 4-in.
PAGE 98
88 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 MIC Series 412 Thermal Camera The MIC Series 412 thermal camera is compatible with all MIC Series connection cables, brackets, control equipment, and non-IR power supply units for ease of installation, integration, and operation.
PAGE 99
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 89 'O'-rings, the device can operate submerged up to 1 meter (3.3 feet) underwater by virtue of its design and construction.* 36x optical zoom module Lens F=3.4 mm (WIDE) to 122.4 mm (TELE), F1.6 to F4.5 Note Zoom 36x optical (12x digital) Angle of view 57.8º (WIDE end) to 1.7º (TELE end) Minimum illumination 1.4 lux (1/60 s NTSC, 1/50 s PAL, typical, F1.6, 50IRE) 0.1 lux (1/4 s NTSC, 1/3 s PAL, typical, F1.6, 50IRE) ICR-ON mode: 0.
PAGE 100
90 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Connectivity Ordering Information Video Single co-axial via composite cable (optical/ thermal cameras, user switchable) Telemetry Twisted pair; Simplex, half and full duplex operation via composite cable MIC Universal Camera Setup Software Utility (Cam-set) Supplied with each camera, Cam-set allows direct connection to a USB-equipped PC via the MIC Series PSU over a full duplex or IP network to provide access to all camera functions and usef
PAGE 101
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 91 Ordering Information MIC-25M-S 25 m Shielded Composite Cable Shielded Composite 25 m cable that provides power, telemetry and video connection from a MIC Series camera to a MIC Series power supply www.boschsecurity.com 1 MIC-25M-S Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 102
92 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 MIC Series 440 ExplosionProtected Camera allows the MIC Series 440 explosion-protected range to function perfectly in highly hazardous areas, such as offshore oil rigs. The use of high-specification motors ensures reliable operation, while ground-breaking resolver technology provides pin-point accuracy and affords the user full 360° continuous rotation pan, and an unprecedented 320° tilt, control.
PAGE 103
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 93 Technical Specifications Communication and Protocols Camera Module Communication RS485 / RS422 Control protocol Bosch, Forward Vision, Pelco, American Dynamics, and VCL protocol variants available. Bi-phase control requires Biphase to RS485 converter (MIC-BP4) to be installed in the power supply (available separately).
PAGE 104
94 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Ordering Information Ordering Information MIC440AXBUA14618N MIC 18x Optical zoom, Explosion-Protected, black, upright, AD Protocol, wiper fitted, NTSC MIC440AXBUA146 18N MIC440AXWUA14618N MIC 18x Optical zoom, Explosion-Protected, white, upright, AD Protocol, wiper fitted, NTSC MIC440AXWUA146 18N MIC440AXBUA14618P MIC 18x Optical zoom, Explosion-Protected, black, upright, AD Protocol, wiper fitted, PAL MIC440AXBUA146 18P MIC440AXWUA14618P M
PAGE 105
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 95 Ordering Information Ordering Information MIC440AXWUP14636P MIC 36x Optical zoom, Explosion-Protected, white, upright, Bosch Protocol, wiper fitted, PAL MIC440AXWUP146 36P MIC440AXWUW14618N MIC 18x Optical zoom, Explosion-Protected, white, upright, FV Protocol, wiper fitted, NTSC MIC440AXWUW14 618N MIC440AXWUW14618P MIC 18x Optical zoom, Explosion-Protected, white, upright, FV Protocol, wiper fitted, PAL MIC440AXWUW14 618P MIC440AXWUW14636N MI
PAGE 106
96 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 MIC Series Power Supplies Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE EC Declaration of Conformity USA UL 60950-1, 2nd Edition:2007 FCC CFR 47 FCC Part 15:2009 Class B CSA CAN/CSA-22.2-No. 60950-1-07 Canada Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Complies with FCC Part 15 and ICES-003 regulations Product Safety Complies with UL (UL 2044), CSA Standards (CSA Standard C22.2 No.
PAGE 107
Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras | 97 Environmental 1 Operating Temperature • • Non-IR power Supplies –40° to +60°C (–40° to +140°F) IR Power Supplies Storage Temperature –40° to +50°C (–40° to +122°F) –40° to +65°C (–40° to +149°F) Ordering Information Power Supply Box – bottom view Technical Specifications Electrical Model MIC-24PSU-UL Input: 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.
PAGE 108
98 | Cameras, PTZ | MIC series - Ruggedized PTZ Cameras 1 Ordering Information MIC-20M-S 20 m Shielded Composite Cable Shielded Composite 20 m cable that provides power, telemetry and video connection from a MIC Series camera to a MIC Series power supply MIC-20M-S MIC-25M-S 25 m Shielded Composite Cable Shielded Composite 25 m cable that provides power, telemetry and video connection from a MIC Series camera to a MIC Series power supply MIC-25M-S Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 109
Cameras, PTZ | GVS Series | 99 GVS1000 Long Range Imaging system System capability is greatly enhanced using active IR illumination. Two sets of illuminators are provided; one for long range and one for medium-to-short range night imaging. There are no safety concerns, as is the case with laser‑based units. IR illumination can be controlled manually or put into automatic mode for auto on/off function via a photocell.
PAGE 110
100 | Cameras, PTZ | GVS Series 1 Installation/Configuration Notes Magnification Dimensions Zoom Operation Motor drive (remote manual control) 60x optical Focus Operation Motor drive (remote manual control) Iris Operation Automatic (remote manual control option) Angle of View Wide 28.4º horizontal x 21.4º vertical Angle of View Telephoto 0.29º horizontal x 0.22º vertical at 750 mm 0.15º horizontal x 0.
PAGE 111
Cameras, PTZ | GVS Series | 101 Ordering Information GVS1000-11-P Long Range Imaging System Long range PTZ imaging platform, day/night, 60x optical zoom, 12.5 to 750 mm / 25 to 1500 mm with doubler, 730 nm long range IR, PAL, Pelco P/D supported, 120 to 230 VAC PSU included. GVS1000-11-P GVS1000-11-N Long Range Imaging System Long range PTZ imaging platform, day/night, 60x optical zoom, 12.
PAGE 112
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 113
Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems | 103 High-Speed Positioning System Functions 1 Autopan and patrol With 0.02º tracking accuracy for preset positioning, autopan and patrol functions are very precise. Assign convenient text labels using up to 20 characters to presets and different areas. Define highly flexible tracking sequences by combining patrol positions with different speed settings, up to a maximum 100° per second pan and 30° per second tilt.
PAGE 114
104 | Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems 1 Installation/Configuration Notes UPH dimensions MTC-WUPH Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 115
Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems | 105 MTC-PUPH HAC-WAS30 1 Dimensions in mm (in.) MTC-CORN-W Parts Included Quantity Component MTC-POLE-W 1 Head unit with pre-installed camera and lens 1 Base unit with power supply 1 Serial cable 1 Serial adapter 1 Installation manual 1 Power supply unit 1 Set of mounting accessories • • • • • HAC-WAS05 4 mm Allen wrench Bracket with fixing screws Cable ties Tube Label Technical Specifications Electrical www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 116
106 | Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems 1 Max addressable units 255 (dipswitch setting) Lens Firmware upgrades RS-232 interface 26 x optical zoom Configuration modes Via PC or OSD F=3.5 (wide) to 91.0 mm (tele), F1.6 to F3.8 Configuration interface RS-485 Digital zoom 12 x (312 x with optical zoom) Angle of view (H) 55° (wide) to 2.3° (tele) UPH-Z Series – 36x camera module Mechanical Number of effective pixels Approx. 440,000 Imager 1/4 in.
PAGE 117
Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems | 107 Ordering Information UPH‑2D10‑50 HS P&T with 1/2" DinionXF D/N Camera 230 VAC, 10x zoom, IR, 8.5 – 85 mm, PAL UPH-2D10-50 UPH‑2D10W‑50 HS P&T + wiper with 1/2" DinionXF D/N Camera 230 VAC, 10x zoom, IR, 8.
PAGE 118
108 | Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems 1 High‑Speed Positioning System A completely self-contained unit, the High-Speed Positioning System is easy to install and maintain. Multiprotocol capabilities, including Bilinx and Biphase, also simplify connections. The tough, protective casing can support a 20 kg balanced load and is IP66-rated – ideal for weathering the outdoor conditions common in traffic and industrial applications. All units have a sunshield and an integrated wiper.
PAGE 119
Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems | 109 1 Camera 3. 940 nm (covert) and White Light (visible) wavelength options also 2 Video Format compatible. Performance characteristics will vary. See the UFLED N NTSC P PAL datasheet for illumination distances. 3 Lens 8120 8-120 mm motorized zoom lens Functions 8585 8.5-85 mm IR-corrected motorized zoom lens Multi-protocol 86154 8.
PAGE 120
110 | Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems 1 HSPS Standard System Dimensions Default Shutter When viewing moving objects a fast shutter speed is required. When using a fast shutter speed the lens opening or gain control needs to be increased to maintain the video signal. The camera sensitivity is limited by the fast shutter speed.
PAGE 121
Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems | 111 MTC-WUPH 1 MTC-PUPH (top of pole) HSPS IR 360 System Dimensions MTC-CORN-W MTC-POLE-W (side of pole) www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 122
112 | Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems Technical Specifications 1 High-Speed Positioning System Electrical Input Voltage • • Standard System 24 VAC IR 360 System 24 VAC Power Draw (max.) • • Standard System 5A IR 360 System 8A Input Frequency 50/60 Hz Integrated Housing Input Thermostat heater, 24 VAC, 20 W max. Camera Input 12 VDC, 800 mA Lens Input +6 to +15 VDC, 200 mA Wiper (optional) Input 24 VAC, 400 mA Illuminator (optional) Input 24 VAC, 2 A + 2 A max.
PAGE 123
Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems | 113 Environmental Camera ID 16-character editable string, position selectable Bi-directional coaxial communication Operating Temperature –20 ºC to +50 ºC (–4 ºF to +122 ºF) Remote Control Storage Temperature –20 ºC to +60 ºC (–4 ºF to +140 ºF) 4. F1.
PAGE 124
114 | Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems 1 Test Pattern Generator Color bars 100%, Grayscale 11-step, Sawtooth 2H, Checker board, Cross hatch, UV plane Sensitivity (3200 k) Camera ID 16-character editable string, position selectable Remote Control Bi-directional coaxial communication Modes Six (6) preset programmable modes Remote Control Bilinx coaxial bi-directional communication 5. F/1.
PAGE 125
Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems | 115 Test Pattern Generator Color bars 100%, Greyscale 11-step, Sawtooth 2H, Checker board, Cross hatch, UV plane Modes Six (6) preset programmable modes Remote Control Bilinx coaxial bi-directional communication Video Motion Detection One (1) area, fully programmable Controls OSD with soft-key operation (multi-lingual) Model Combination Beam Pattern Achievable Distance6 UFLED20-8BD UFLED30-8BD 20° 30° 168 m (551 ft) UFLED30-8BD UFLED30-8BD 30
PAGE 126
116 | Cameras, PTZ | High-speed Positioning Systems 1 Ordering Information Ordering Information UPH-C630N-L8585 Camera/Lens Assembly LTC 0630 Dinion 2X 1/2 in. NTSC day/night camera with an LTC 3783/51 8.5‑85 mm IRcorrected lens UPH-C630N-L8585 UPH-C630P-L8585 Camera/Lens Assembly LTC 0630 Dinion 2X 1/2 in. PAL day/night camera with an LTC 3783/51 8.5‑85 mm IRcorrected lens UPH-C630P-L8585 UPH-C498N-L86154 Camera/Lens Assembly LTC 0498 Dinion 2X 1/3 in. NTSC day/night camera with an LTC 3793/51 8.
PAGE 127
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 117 NBC-455 Dinion IP Cameras A quality image With a 1/3-inch color CCD and Bosch’s advanced digital signal processing, the Dinion IP provides professional image quality. Automatically activate the NightSense feature to extend sensitivity under low-light conditions by a factor of three in monochrome operation. Autoblack improves the overall contrast of an image in low contrast scenes, such as foggy weather conditions.
PAGE 128
118 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras Unsurpassed flexibility 2 There are many ways to access the camera’s video: on a PC using a web browser, with the Bosch Video Management System, or with VIDOS. The camera is also ideal for use with a Divar 700 Series digital video recorder. By routing a video stream to a Bosch video decoder, you can also present the video with ultimate clarity on an analog monitor.
PAGE 129
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 119 1 N: Network camera 5 1: PAL, 50 Hz; 2: NTSC, 60Hz 2 B: Dinion fixed body 6 1: Motion+; 2: Designed for IVA * 3 C: Color 7 P: PoE Sensor Type 1/3-inch, CCD Active Pixels (PAL) 752 x 582 Active Pixels (NTSC) 768 x 494 2 4 455 Dinion performance Video No license included Video compression H.264 (ISO/IEC 14496-10); M-JPEG, JPEG Controls Data rate 9.
PAGE 130
120 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras Ordering Information Audio 2 Standard G.711 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz at 8 kHz sampling rate Signal-to-noise ratio > 50 dB Input/output Audio • • • 1 x mono line in, 1 x mono line out connector 3.5 mm stereo jack signal line in 9 kohm typical, 5.5 Vpp max signal line out 3.0 Vpp at 10 kOhm typical, 2.3 Vpp at 32 Ohm typical, 1.7 Vpp at 16 Ohm typical Alarm • • 2 inputs connector Clamp (non-isolated closing contact) activation voltage +5 VDC to +40 VDC (+3.
PAGE 131
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 121 Ordering Information Software Options MVC-FIVA4-CAM IVA 4.0 VCA software license for IP camera/ dome (e‑license) MVC-FIVA4-CAM MVC-FENC-AES BVIP AES 128 Bit Encryption BVIP AES 128‑bit encryption site license. This license is required only once per installation. It enables encrypted communication between BVIP encoders, decoders and management stations. MVC-FENC-AES www.boschsecurity.com 2 Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 132
122 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras 2 NBN-498 Dinion2X Day/ Night IP Cameras Superior image quality With a 1/3-inch CCD and Bosch’s advanced digital signal processing, the Dinion2X Day/Night IP camera provides outstanding image quality in virtually all situations. The highly accurate 20-bit digital signal is automatically processed to reveal every detail of the image in both the high and low-light areas of the scene simultaneously.
PAGE 133
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 123 Hardware enhanced The hardware-enhanced version of the camera gives you the opportunity to upgrade the video content analysis features of the camera with the more advanced Intelligent Video Analysis (IVA) option. This option bases the IVA algorithm on digital imaging technology that uses multilevel image analysis of pixels, texture, and object direction, and is activated by installing a license.
PAGE 134
124 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras Electro Magnetic Compatibility 2 Emission EN55022 Class B EN61000-3-2 EN61000-3-3 FCC Part 15 Immunity EN50130-4 (PoE, +12 VDC) EN55024 (24 VAC) EN50121-4 Safety EN60950-1 UL60950-1 (2nd edition) CAN/CSA-C 22.2 No. 60950-1 Vibration Camera with 500 g (1.
PAGE 135
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 125 Sensor Privacy Masking Four independent areas, fully programmable Type 1/3-inch CCD, WDR, dual shutter Video Motion Analysis Motion+ or IVA Active Pixels (PAL) 752 x 582 Test Pattern Generator Active Pixels (NTSC) 768 x 494 Color bars 100%, Grayscale 11-step, Sawtooth 2H, Checker board, Cross hatch, UV plane Video Synchronization Internal, Line Lock selectable Lens Mount CS (max lens protrusion 5 mm, 0.
PAGE 136
126 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras Environmental 2 Ordering Information Operating Temperature* -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to 122°F) Operating Temperature (IVA)* UPA-2410-60 -20°C to +45°C (-4°F to 113°F) UPA-2410-60 Power Supply 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 24 VAC, 10 VA Out UPA-2450-60 Storage Temperature -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F) UPA-2450-60 Power Supply 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 24 VAC, 50 VA Out Operating Humidity 20% to 93% RH UPA-2420-50 Storage Humidity up to 98% RH UPA-2420-50 Power Supply 220 VAC, 50 H
PAGE 137
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 127 NWC‑0455 Dinion IP Cameras There are many ways to access the camera’s video: on a PC using a web browser, using Bosch's DiBos Digital Video Recorder, with VIDOS or BVMS video management systems, or via a Bosch IP video decoder for viewing on an analog CVBS or VGA monitor. The BNC connection provides direct input to a conventional analog matrix switcher or DVR, further enhancing the Dinion IP's viewing and recording flexibility.
PAGE 138
128 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras 2 The On-Screen Display (OSD) simplifies back focus adjustment and network configuration, minimizing installation and support costs. The Lens Wizard automatically detects the lens type and helps focus the lens at the maximum opening to maintain proper focus throughout the 24-hour cycle. Unlike other IP cameras, no network connection, PC configuration utilities, or other tools are required to set up Dinion IP cameras.
PAGE 139
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 129 Network Video Video Compression MPEG-4/H.264; M-JPEG GOP structure I, IP Data rate 9.6 Kbps to 6 Mbps (const. and variable) Sensor 1/3 in. interline CCD Sensor Matrix PAL 752 x 582 NTSC 768 x 494 Resolutions and Frame Rates Protocols Telnet, RTP, HTTP, ARP,TCP, UDP, IP, ICMP, IGMPv2/v3, SNMP, 802.1x Ethernet 10/100 Base-T, auto-sensing, half/full duplex, RJ45 Overall Unit Delay 100 ms PoE IEEE 802.
PAGE 140
130 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras 2 NWC‑0495 DinionXF Day/ Night IP Cameras There are many ways to access the camera’s video: on a PC using a web browser, using Bosch's DiBos Digital Video Recorder, with VIDOS or BVMS video management systems, or via a Bosch IP video decoder for viewing on an analog CVBS or VGA monitor. The BNC connection provides direct input to a conventional analog matrix switcher or DVR, further enhancing the camera's viewing and recording flexibility.
PAGE 141
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 131 The on-screen display (OSD) simplifies back focus adjustment and network configuration, minimizing installation and support costs. The Lens Wizard automatically detects the lens type and helps focus the lens at the maximum opening to maintain proper focus throughout the 24-hour cycle. Unlike other IP cameras, no network connection, PC configuration utilities, or other tools are required to set up DinionXF Day/Night IP cameras. Safety acc. to EN 60950-1 (CE) acc.
PAGE 142
132 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras 2 Technical Specifications Software control Electrical Unit Configuration Via web browser or Configuration Manager Power Input Voltage Motion Detection On/off +11 to +36 VDC (700 mA) Flicker Control 50/60 Hz, selectable 12 to 28 VAC (700 mA) Aperture correction Horizontal and vertical, symmetrical Power over Ethernet Firmware Flash ROM, remote update Power Consumption 8 VA (max) Connector 2-pole push in Network Video Video Compression MPEG-4/H.
PAGE 143
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 133 NWC‑0700 and 0800 Mega pixel IP Cameras Network and power Either camera transfers data at up to 45 Mbit/s over an Ethernet connection and draws power from the network connection (PoE with full 802.3af compliancy) or from a 12 VDC external power source. PoE allows greater placement flexibility and more cost-effective installation, since cameras do not require a local power source.
PAGE 144
134 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras Compatibility table for camera / lens / enclosure Video Compression MJPEG Sensor ½ in. CMOS, color (both models) Sensor Matrix 2 • • • • • • • Lens Type NWC‑0700 1600 x 1200 NWC‑0800 2048 x 1536 Resolution IPS (NWC‑0700) IPS (NWC‑0800) 1280 x 1024 32 32 1600 x 1200 24 24 1920 x 1080 NA 22 1920 x 1200 NA 20 2040 x 1530 NA 15 Video S/N Sensitivity • • NWC‑0700 0.5 lx at F1.4 (lowlight exposure) NWC‑0800 1.0 lx at F1.
PAGE 145
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 135 NWC‑0900 Day/Night Megapixel IP Camera Video encoding The camera produces high-quality streaming video with exceptionally sharp resolution. Advanced MJPEG compression allows the camera to deliver megapixel video resolution at up to 32 images per second over its Ethernet connection. Network and power Features ▶ Dual sensors for advanced Day/Night functioning over a wide range of lighting conditions ▶ 3.1 megapixel color, and 1.
PAGE 146
136 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras * 2 Mechanical Lenses not included Dimensions (H x W x D)* 63.5 x 76 x 125 mm (2.5 x 3 x 4.9 in.) Weight* Approx. 0.45 kg (1 lb) Mounting ¼ in. tripod on top and bottom Electrical Color Silver and black Power Supply PoE or external Lens Mounting CS-mount (C-mount with adaptor) Rated Voltage (ext.) 12 VDC * Voltage Range (ext.) 9 to 12 VDC Power Consumption 0.5 A Connector (ext.
PAGE 147
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 137 NBC-255-P and NBC-225-P IP Camera 200 Series Functions Best-in-class image performance The Bosch NBC-255-P and NBC-225-P IP cameras deliver the clearest images and most accurate colors within its class. Progressive scan ensures moving objects are always sharp. Tri-streaming video Tri-streaming allows a data stream to be encoded simultaneously according to three different, individually customized settings. Two types of streams can serve different purposes.
PAGE 148
138 | Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras Certifications and Approvals 2 Region Certification Europe CE Safety NBC-225-P EU: EN 60950-1: 2006, Reference IEC 60950-1:2005 US: UL 60950-1: 1st edition dated October 31, 2007 Canada: CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO.
PAGE 149
Cameras, Fixed | IP Cameras | 139 Video Environmental Sensor type ¼-inch CMOS Sensor pixels 640 x 480 Sensitivity 1.0 lx Video resolution VGA, QVGA Video compression H.264 MP (Main Profile); H.
PAGE 150
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 151
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 141 LTC 0465 Series Dinion Day/Night Cameras Bilinx Technology Bilinx is a bi-directional communication capability embedded in the video signal of all Bosch Dinion cameras. Technicians can check status, change camera settings, and even update firmware from virtually anywhere along the video cable. Bilinx reduces service and installation time, provides for more accurate set-up and adjustment, and improves overall performance.
PAGE 152
142 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras Parts Included Active Pixels Quantity Component 2 1 LTC 0465 Series Dinion Day\Night Camera 1 Spare male 4 – pin lens connector (lens not included) 1 Installation and Operation manual (multi-lingual) Technical Specifications Electrical Model No.
PAGE 153
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 143 Ordering Information EX12LED‑3BD‑9M Infrared Illuminator EX12LED IR Illuminator, 940 nm, 30 deg beam EX12LED-3BD-9M EX12LED‑3BD‑9W Infrared Illuminator EX12LED, IR Illuminator, 940 nm, 60 deg beam EX12LED-3BD-9W TC8235GIT Ground Loop Isolation Transformer TC8235GIT UPA-2410-60 Power Supply 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 24 VAC, 10 VA Out UPA-2410-60 UPA-2450-60 Power Supply 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 24 VAC, 50 VA Out UPA-2450-60 UPA-2420-50 Power Supply 220 VAC, 50 Hz, 2
PAGE 154
144 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras 2 LTC 0498 Series Dinion2X Day/Night Camera Functions Detail in Extreme Lighting In harsh lighting, the difference between the brightest and the darkest parts of a scene can be extreme. To produce a clear picture in these conditions, the CCD sensor in the Dinion2X generates two images; one long exposure to resolve details in the scene’s darkest areas, and one short exposure to resolve details in the scene’s brightest areas.
PAGE 155
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 145 Bilinx Technology Bilinx is a bidirectional communication capability embedded in the video signal of all Bosch Dinion cameras. Technicians can check status, change camera settings and even update firmware from virtually anywhere along the video cable. Bilinx reduces service and installation time, provides for more accurate set-up and adjustment, and improves overall performance.
PAGE 156
146 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras Installation/Configuration Notes Power Consumption 350 mA (12 VDC) 250 mA (24 VAC) 70 mA (120-240 VAC) CCD Type 1/3-inch interline, WDR dual shutter Dimensions 2 Active Pixels PAL Model: 752 x 582 NTSC Model 768 x 494 Sensitivity (3200 K, scene reflectivity 89%, F1.2) Full video (100 IRE) Usable picture Usable picture (50 IRE) (30 IRE) Color 2.4 lx (0.223 fc) 0.47 lx (0.044 fc) 0.15 lx (0.0139 fc) Color + SensUp 10x 0.24 lx (0.
PAGE 157
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 147 Lens Types Manual, DC- and Video-Iris auto-detect with override DC-iris drive: max. 50 mA continuous Video-iris: 11.5 VDC ±0.5, max. 50 mA continuous Lens Mount CS (max lens protrusion 5 mm, 0.
PAGE 158
148 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras 2 LTC 0630 Series Dinion2X Day/Night Camera Functions XF-Dynamic and Image Processing Improved XF-Dynamic technology and highly accurate digital signal processing optimally captures the detail in both bright highlights and deep shadows simultaneously. The Dinion2X maximizes the information visible in the picture even with strong backlighting. SmartBLC Turn on SmartBLC to automatically compensate the image without the need for complicated set-up.
PAGE 159
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 149 • A built-in test pattern generator produces signals to test and fault-find cables. A multi-language On-Screen Display (OSD) increases user compatibility. Electro Magnetic Compatibility Emission EN55022 class B, FCC part 15 class B, EN6100-3, EN50121-4 Programmable Modes Immunity EN50130-4 (CE), EN50121-4 (CE) Six independent, pre-programmed operating modes support typical applications, but are fully programmable for individual situations.
PAGE 160
150 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras Parts Included Quantity Component 2 1 LTC 0630 Series Dinion2X Day\Night Camera 1 C/CS – mount conversion ring 1 Spare male 4 – pin lens connector Lens not included Technical Specifications Electrical Model No.
PAGE 161
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 151 Ordering Information LTC 0630/11 Dinion 2X Day/Night Camera 1/2—inch, 540 TVL, PAL, 2X DSP, 24 VAC/ 12 VDC, 50 Hz LTC 0630/11 LTC 0630/21 Dinion 2X Day/Night Camera 1/2—inch, 540 TVL, NTSC, 2X DSP, 24 VAC/ 12 VDC, 60 Hz LTC 0630/21 LTC 0630/51 Dinion 2X Day/Night Camera 1/2—inch, 540 TVL, PAL, 2X DSP, 230 VAC, 50 Hz LTC 0630/51 LTC 0630/61 Dinion 2X Day/Night Camera 1/2—inch, 540 TVL, NTSC, 2X DSP, 120 VAC, 60 Hz LTC 0630/61 2 Accessories EX12LED‑
PAGE 162
152 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras 2 LTC 0485 Series DinionXF Color Cameras Display (OSD). Also, to aid installation, the camera automatically detects the lens type, and using the Lens Wizard ensures accurate (back) focusing for perfectly sharp pictures at all times. Functions XF-Dynamic Extended dynamic range is brought to a new level on the LTC 0485 Series Camera by XF-Dynamic technology.
PAGE 163
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 153 Lens Wizard The LTC 0485 Series automatically detects the type of lens installed. The Lens Wizard will focus the lens at the maximum lens opening, to ensure that focus is maintained throughout the entire 24–hour day/night cycle. No special tools or filters are required. Installation/Configuration Notes 2 Programmable Modes The camera supports 3 independent operating modes.
PAGE 164
154 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras Ordering Information Sensitivity (3200 k) 2 Signal-to-Noise-Ra- > 50 dB tio Video Output 1 Vpp, 75 Ohm Y/C Output Y: 1 Vpp / C: 0.
PAGE 165
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 155 LTC 0610 Series DinionXF Color Cameras For extra challenging situations where fine tuning or special settings are required, the camera parameters can be individually set using the control buttons on the side of the camera and On-screen Display (OSD). Also, to aid installation, the camera automatically detects the lens type, and using the Lens Wizard ensures accurate (back) focusing for perfectly sharp pictures at all times.
PAGE 166
156 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras Back Light Compensation (BLC) 2 Offering a fully programmable BLC area of interest, and a variable BLC level, the camera can be easily set up for even the most challenging entrance applications. Installation/Configuration Notes Lens Wizard The LTC 0610 Series automatically detects the type of lens installed. The Lens Wizard will focus the lens at the maximum lens opening, to ensure that focus is maintained throughout the entire 24-hour day/night cycle.
PAGE 167
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 157 Ordering Information Sensitivity (3200 k) Video Output 1Vpp, 75 Ohm Y/C Output Y: 1 Vpp / C: 0.
PAGE 168
158 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras 2 LTC 0455 Series Dinion Color Cameras The automatic black level feature, now introduced in color cameras, enhances contrast by removing veiling glare from the picture. NightSense is used to further extend the excellent sensitivity by a factor 3 in monochrome operation. This mode can be automatically activated under low light situations. Automatic sensing for tracking white balance, provides true to life color images in indoor and outdoor applications.
PAGE 169
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 159 Technical Specifications Controls Video level Electrical Model No. LTC 0455/11 Rated Voltage Range System Shutter: AES / Off / Flickerless BLC: On / Off 12 VDC 10.8-39 VDC PAL 24 VAC 50 Hz 12-28 VAC 45‑65 Hz PAL 12 VDC 10.
PAGE 170
160 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras 2 LTC 0440 Series Dinion Color Cameras Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE Declaration of Conformity USA FCC Declaration of Conformity Electromagnetic Compatibility: EMC Immunity: According EN50130-4 EMC Emission: According EN505022 class B According FCC, class B part 15 Safety: LTC 0440/10 and LTC 0440/50: EN60065 LTC 0440/20 and LTC 0440/60: UL6500 Parts Included Features Quantity Components 1 LTC 0440 Series C
PAGE 171
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 161 Horizontal Resolution 480 TVL Signal-to-Noise Ratio 50 dB AGC 21 dB (max) Electronic Shutter Automatic, 1/50 to 1/125000 sec. (CCIR), 1/60 to 1/50000 sec. (EIA) Aperture Correction Horizontal and vertical symmetrical. Backlight Compensation Center window weighting Video Output Composite video 1.
PAGE 172
162 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras 2 LTC 0435 Series Dinion Color Cameras The wide range of through the lens automatic sensing tracking white balance provides true to life color images for indoor and outdoor applications. The ability to operate on AC or DC provides added flexibility to system designs and reduces the amount of training and support items to keep on-hand. Functions Bilinx Technology The LTC 0435 Series cameras incorporate Bilinx.
PAGE 173
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 163 Technical Specifications B-offset Electrical Vphase adjustment: 0 - 358 degrees Model No. Range System 12 VDC 10.8-39 VDC PAL Mechanical 24 VAC 50 Hz 12-28 VAC 45‑65 Hz PAL Connectors 12 VDC 10.8-39 VDC NTSC 24 VAC 60 Hz 12-28 VAC 45‑65 Hz NTSC 230 VAC 50 Hz 85-265 VAC 45‑65 Hz PAL LTC 0435/10 LTC 0435/20 LTC 0435/50 LTC 0435/60 1) For F/1.2, 89% scene reflectance.
PAGE 174
164 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras V118xP Bullet Cameras 2 Video Pick-up Device B/W 1/3-in. CCD, CCD Area Sensor; 512 (H) x 582 (V) SYNC System Internal Output 1.0 to 1.1 Vpp CCIR Composite Minimum Illumination 0.03 lux ( 0.003 fc) Gamma 0.45 Backlight Compensation On Lens & Iris Lens 3.6 mm monofocal Auto-iris CCD shutter iris Iris Speed 1/50–1/50000 Signal-to-Noise-Ratio >50 dB Horizontal Resolution >380 TVL Submersible Depth 3m Mechanical Dimensions (H x Dia.
PAGE 175
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 165 Ordering Information V1180P Monochrome Bullet Camera 1/3-inch, indoor, B/W CCIR, 380 TVL, 3.6 mm, 12 VDC V1180P V1182P Color Bullet Camera 1/3-inch, indoor, 380 TVL, PAL, 3.6 mm, 12 VDC V1182P www.boschsecurity.com 2 Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 176
166 | Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras 2 VP‑RS2BLNX Protocol Converter Installation/Configuration Notes RS-232 configuration example Features ▶ RS-232 and RS-485 to Bilinx converter ▶ Compatible with Dinion, DinionXF, Autodome cameras ▶ Robust design ▶ Wide-range power supply The VP-RS2BLNX is a protocol converter that allows the integration of remotely accessible cameras for control and set-up into an (existing) RS-232 or RS-485 infrastructure.
PAGE 177
Cameras, Fixed | Color and Day/Night Cameras | 167 Comparison table Min. Typ. Max. Unit Power supply input voltage AC 10.8 - 28 V Power supply input voltage DC 10.8 - 40 V - 1.3 2 W Power consumption 2 RS-232 Input voltage operating range -24 - 24 V Input logic threshold LOW 0.8 1.2 - V Input logic threshold HIGH Input hysteresis Input resistance - 1.7 2.4 V 0.2 0.5 1 V 3 5 7 Kohm Output voltage swing (with 3 kOhm load) -7.8 - 7.
PAGE 178
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 179
Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras | 169 LTC 0335 Series Dinion Monochrome Cameras Functions Bilinx Technology The LTC 0335 Series cameras incorporate Bilinx. Bilinx is a bidirectional communication capability embedded in the video signal of all Bosch Dinion cameras. With Bilinx technicians can check status, change camera settings and even update firmware from virtually anywhere along the video cable.
PAGE 180
170 | Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras 2 Power Consumption 4 W, excluding lens Environmental Imager Interline transfer CCD Operating Temperature -20 °C to 50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) 1/3-inch image format Storage Temperature -25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) Operating Humidity 5% to 93% non-condensing Active Pixels CCIR Models: 512 H x 582 V EIA Models: 512 H x 492 V Ordering Information Sensitivity (3200 k) Usable Picture (50 IRE) Full Video Scene Illumination1) 0.12 lux (0.01 fc) 0.
PAGE 181
Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras | 171 LTC 0355 Series Dinion Monochrome Cameras Functions Bilinx Technology The LTC 0355 Series cameras incorporate Bilinx. Bilinx is a bidirectional communication capability embedded in the video signal of all Bosch Dinion cameras. With Bilinx technicians can check status, change camera settings and even update firmware from virtually anywhere along the video cable.
PAGE 182
172 | Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras Environmental Active Pixels 2 CCIR Models: 752 H x 582 V Operating Temperature -20°C to 50°C (-4°F to 122°F) EIA Models: 582 H x 494 V Storage Temperature -25°C to 70°C (-13°F to 158°F) Operating Humidity 5% to 93% non-condensing Sensitivity (3200 k) Scene Illumination1) Usable Picture (50 IRE) Full Video 0.09 lux (0.009 fc) 0.36 lux (0.036 fc) Imager Illumination 0.018 lux (0.0018 fc) 0.072 lux (0.
PAGE 183
Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras | 173 LTC 0356 Series Dinion Monochrome Cameras Functions Bilinx Technology The LTC 0356 Series cameras incorporate Bilinx. Bilinx is a bidirectional communication capability embedded in the video signal of all Bosch Dinion cameras. With Bilinx technicians can check status, change camera settings and even update firmware from virtually anywhere along the video cable.
PAGE 184
174 | Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras Ordering Information Sensitivity (3200 k) Usable Picture (50 IRE) 2 Full Video Scene Illumination1) 0.2 lux (0.02 fc) 0.9 lux (0.09 fc) Imager Illumination 0.05 lux (0.005 fc) 0.02 lux (0.002 fc) Horizontal Resolution 570 TVL Signal-to-Noise Ratio 50 dB Gain Auto, 21 dB (max) Electronic Shutter Automatic, 1/50 to 1/500000 sec. (LTC 0356/10), 1/60 to 1/600000 sec.
PAGE 185
Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras | 175 LTC 0385 Series DinionXF Monochrome Cameras Functions XF-Dynamic Extended dynamic range is brought to a new level on the LTC 0385 Series Camera by XF-Dynamic technology. XFDynamic automatically processes the highly accurate 15bit digital signal to optimally capture the detail in both the highlight and lowlight areas of the scene simultaneously, to maximize the information visible in the picture.
PAGE 186
176 | Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras Programmable Modes 2 The camera supports three independent operating modes. The 3 modes are preprogrammed for typical applications, but are fully programmable for individual situations. Switching between modes is easy via Bilinx or the external alarm input.
PAGE 187
Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras | 177 Ordering Information Sensitivity Lens Types Remote Control Manual, DC- and Video-Iris auto-detect with override DC-iris drive: max 50 mA continuous Video-iris: 11.5 ± 0.5 VDC, max 50 mA continuous Bi-directional coaxial communication 1) F/1.
PAGE 188
178 | Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras 2 LTC 0510 Series DinionXF Monochrome Cameras Functions XF-Dynamic Extended dynamic range is brought to a new level on the LTC 0510 Series Camera by XF-Dynamic technology. XFDynamic automatically processes the highly accurate 15bit digital signal to optimally capture the detail in both the highlight and lowlight areas of the scene simultaneously, to maximize the information visible in the picture.
PAGE 189
Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras | 179 Programmable Modes The camera supports 3 independent operating modes. The 3 modes are preprogrammed for typical applications, but are fully programmable for individual situations. Switching between modes is easy via Bilinx or the external alarm input.
PAGE 190
180 | Cameras, Fixed | Monochrome Cameras Sensitivity (3200 k) Video-iris: 11.5 ± 0.5 VDC, max. 50 mA continuous 2 Remote Control Bi-directional coaxial communication 1) F/1.2, 89% reflection, SenseUp off Mechanical Dimensions (H x W x L) 59 x 67 x 122 mm (2.28 x 2.6 x 4.8 inch) without lens Weight 450 g (0.
PAGE 191
Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras | 181 KBP Series Prepackaged Cameras Each analog camera is equipped with Bosch’s innovative Bilinx bi-directional communication for remote programming. Bilinx uses standard video cable to transmit alarm and status messages, providing superior performance and simplified installation. The true advantage of the Bosch prepackaged cameras lie with the plug-and-play design.
PAGE 192
182 | Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras Ordering Guide Use the following charts to create your order numbers. Sample: KBP-485V55-50 2 KBP Prepackaged Outdoor Model 485 1/3 in. High Resolution Day/Night V55 5–50 mm Varifocal Lens 50 230 VAC, 50 Hz KBP Camera Housing Dimensions – Bottom View 1/3-inch Monochrome Prepackaged Cameras KBP IP Camera Housing Detail – Bottom View 1/3-inch Color Prepackaged Cameras (1.
PAGE 193
Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras | 183 1/3-inch Day/Night High Resolution Prepackaged Cameras Model No. Camera Type Lens KBP-485V28-50 LTC 0485/51 LTC 3364/50 High Res. Color PAL, 2.8‑10 mm KBP-485V55-50 LTC 0485/51 LTC 3374/50 High Res. Color PAL, 5‑50 mm KBP-495V28-10 LTC 0498/11 LTC 3664/40 High Res. Day/ Night, Color PAL, 2.8‑11 mm KBP-495V28-50 LTC 0498/51 LTC 3664/40 High Res. Day/ Night, Color PAL, 2.8‑11 mm KBP-495V75-50 LTC 0498/51 LTC 3674/20 High Res. Day/ Night PAL, 7.
PAGE 194
184 | Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras Sensitivity (3200 K) Scene Illumination (Full Video) Scene Illumination (50 IRE) KBP‑335 Series 380 TVL KBP‑335 Series 0.90 lux (0.08 fc) 0.22 lux (0.02 fc) KBP‑355 Series 570 TVL KBP‑355 Series 0.65 lux (0.06 fc) 0.16 lux (0.02 fc) Color KBP‑435V28 2.16 lux (0.20 fc) 0.54 lux (0.05 fc) KBP-435V55 3.18 lux (0.29 fc) 1.72 lux (0.
PAGE 195
Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras | 185 Size 30 cm (12 in.) Weight 0.4 kg (0.
PAGE 196
186 | Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras 2 KBC Series Prepackaged Cameras Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE KBC-335 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Immunity According EN50130-4 EMC Emission According EN505022 class B Product Safety Complies with EN60065 KBC-455V28-10N EN60950 Parts Included Quantity Components 1 CCTV camera with lens, mounted and adjusted 1 Mounting bracket Technical Specifications Features For a detailed list of camera technical specificat
PAGE 197
Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras | 187 Mechanical Power Consumption Most Models 4 W, excluding lens Connectors KBC-455V28-10N 750 mA Power Plug Imager Interline transfer CCD, 1/3-inch image format Video Sensitivity Scene Illumination (Full Video) Scene Illumination (50 IRE) BNC –connector, RJ-45 ethernet (KBC-455V28-10N) KBC-335V28-50 0.90 lux (0.08 fc) 0.22 lux (0.02 fc) Camera Dimensions (H x W x L) KBC-355V28-50 0.65 lux (0.06 fc) 0.16 lux (0.
PAGE 198
188 | Cameras, Fixed | Prepackaged Cameras Ordering Information 2 KBC‑455V28‑10N IP color PAL camera, 2.8–10 mm varifocal lens, 540 TVL, 24 VAC, 50 Hz KBC-455V28-10N KBC‑455V28‑50 Color PAL camera, 2.8–10 mm varifocal lens, 540 TVL, 230 VAC, 50 Hz KBC-455V28-50 KBC‑495V28‑50 Day/Night PAL camera, 2.8–12 mm varifocal lens, 540 TVL, 230 VAC, 50 Hz KBC-495V28-50 KBC-498V28-50 Day/Night PAL camera, 2.8–12 mm varifocal lens, 540 TVL, 230 VAC, 50 Hz KBC-495V28-50 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.
PAGE 199
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 189 EX30‑IP Infrared Imager • • • Extended range infrared to deliver detection-level imaging at 100 m (330 ft) Reduces image noise and enables better compression, reducing bit rates and enhancing network stability Enables effective night-time performance of video analytics Rugged All-Weather Construction • Weather-sealed housing design to NEMA 4X • Cable-managed wall bracket • Sliding optical chassis for easy-optical adjustments High Performance Video Encoder • MPEG-4 a
PAGE 200
190 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Ordering Information Night Vision Ranges 2 Detection 100 m (330 ft) Classification 90 m (300 ft) Recognition 75 m (250 ft) Identification 45 m (150 ft) Interfaces Ethernet 10/100 Base-T RJ45 Analog PAL or NTSC BNC IP Protocols Telnet, RTP, HTTP(S), ARP,TCP, UDP, IP, ICMP, DHCP, IGMPv2/v3, SNMP, 802.
PAGE 201
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 191 EX30 Infrared Imager • • 5 to 50 mm IR-corrected lens delivers a wide surveillance range from 45 m (150 ft) to 100 m (330 ft) for maximum imaging versatility IR-corrected lens eliminates focus shift and IR bleed Installer-Friendly Features • Sliding optical chassis for fast, easy optical adjustments • 5 to 50 mm varifocal, auto-iris lens • NEMA4X weather-sealed housing • Adjustable infrared intensity and photocell sensitivity • Cable-managed wall bracket DCRI Perfor
PAGE 202
192 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 Controls OSD with joystick operation Ordering Information LEDs Black Diamond Infrared, intensity adjustable Accessories Wavelength 850 nm (semi-covert) or *940 nm (covert) Electrical Voltage Supply 12 to 24 VDC or VAC Power Consumption 36 W max Mechanical Construction Robust aluminum casting Finish Baked enamel finish, black standard Bracket Cable managed wall bracket included Dimensions 131 x 139 x 207 mm (H x W x D) 5.2 x 5.5 x 8.
PAGE 203
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 193 EX82‑IP Infrared Imager • • • Detection-level imaging at 75 m (250 ft) Reduces image noise and enables better compression, reducing bit rates and enhancing network stability Enables effective night-time performance of video analytics Precision Engineered Performance Optics • 500 TVL Hi-resolution Color CCD for outstanding daytime color • 540 TVL Hi-resolution Monochrome CCD for awardwinning night vision • Completely eliminates focus shift, IR bleed and other image d
PAGE 204
194 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Night Vision Ranges 2 Ordering Information Detection 70 m (250 ft) Classification 65 m (200 ft) Recognition 45 m (150 ft) Identification 25 m (75 ft) Interfaces Ethernet 10/100 Base-T RJ45 Analog PAL or NTSC BNC IP Protocols Telnet, RTP, HTTP(S), ARP,TCP, UDP, IP, ICMP, DHCP, IGMPv2/v3, SNMP, 802.
PAGE 205
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 195 Ordering Information NEI‑829V09‑11W IP Infrared Imager IP IR Imager, day/night dual sensor, 500/540 TVL, 940 nm IR, 9-22 mm, white, PAL NEI-829V09-11W 2 Accessories EXMB.015B Pole Mount Adapter Bracket Pole Mount Adapter, black EXMB.015B EXMB.015W Pole Mount Adaptor Bracket Pole Mount Adaptor Bracket, white EXMB.015W EXMB.017B Wall Mount Adapter Bracket Wall Mount Adapter, Black EXMB.017B EXMB.017W Wall Mount Adapter Bracket Wall Mount Adapter, White EXMB.
PAGE 206
196 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series EX82 Infrared Imager • Completely eliminates focus shift, IR bleed and other image distortions typical in conventional night vision cameras Installer-Friendly Features • Sliding optical chassis for fast, easy-access lens and CCD adjustments • Captive screws • 4 to 9 mm or 9 to 22 mm varifocal, auto-iris lenses • Weather-sealed housing design to NEMA 4X • Adjustable infrared intensity and photocell sensitivity • Cable-managed wall bracket, pan-tilt adjustable 2 DCR
PAGE 207
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 197 Ordering Information LEDs Black Diamond High-Fidelity Infrared, intensity adjustable Wavelength 850 nm (semi-covert) or 940 nm (covert)* EX82D9V0409W‑N Infrared Imager Day/Night dual sensor, VA4-9 mm, 940 nm BlackDiamond, white, NTSC EX82D9V0409W-N Voltage Supply 12 VDC or 24 VAC EX82D9V0409W-P Power Consumption 36 W max EX82D9V0409W‑P Infrared Imager Day/Night dual sensor, VA4-9 mm, 940 nm BlackDiamond, white, PAL EX82D8V0922W‑N Infrared Imager Day/Night d
PAGE 208
198 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series EX80-IP Infrared Imager 2 • • Reduces image noise and enables better compression, reducing bit rates and enhancing network stability Enables effective night-time performance of video analytics Precision Engineered Performance Optics • 480 TVL 1/3‑inch color SuperHAD CCD for outstanding daytime color • 420 TVL 1/3‑inch LXR CCD for award-winning night vision • Infrared-corrected lens eliminates focus shift and infrared bleed High Performance Video Encoder • MPEG-4 and
PAGE 209
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 199 Interfaces Ordering Information Ethernet 10/100 Base-T RJ45 Analog PAL or NTSC BNC IP Protocols Telnet, RTP, HTTP(S), ARP,TCP, UDP, IP, ICMP, DHCP, IGMPv2/v3, SNMP, 802.1x Compression MPEG-4 SP and MJPEG, up to 30 frames per second, tri-stream selectable Frame Rate 1-30 FPS programmable (full motion) Bandwidth Configurable from 9.
PAGE 210
200 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series EX80 Infrared Imager • Completely eliminates focus shift, IR bleed and other image distortions typical in conventional night vision cameras Installer-Friendly Features • Sliding optical chassis for fast, easy-access lens and CCD adjustments • Captive screws • Adjustable infrared intensity and photocell sensitivity • Weather-sealed housing design to NEMA 4X • 4 to 9 mm varifocal, auto-iris lenses • Cable-managed wall bracket, pan-tilt adjustable 2 DCRI Performance
PAGE 211
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 201 Mechanical Ordering Information Construction Robust aluminum casting Finish Baked enamel finish, black standard Bracket Cable managed wall bracket included Dimensions 131 x 139 x 207 mm (H x W x D) 5.2 x 5.5 x 8.2 in (H x W x D) Weight 1.4 kg (3.4 lb) EXSH.01B Sunhood Sunhood, black EXSH01B EXSH.
PAGE 212
202 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX85 Megapixel IP Infrared Imager Megapixel Sensors • 3.1 megapixel day sensor and 1.
PAGE 213
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 203 DCRI Performance Parameters Technical Specifications Detection 128 m (420 ft) Camera Classification 98 m (320 ft) Recognition 76 m (250 ft) Identification 45 m (150 ft) Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE Installation/Configuration Notes Daytime Color Sensor 3.1 megapixel (2048H x 1536V), 1/2 in sensor (resolution greater than 1000 TVL) Night Time Mono Sensor 1.
PAGE 214
204 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Electrical 2 Voltage supply 12 to 24 VAC or VDC Power Consumption Day: 4.5 W max, Night: 36 W max Ordering Information EX85D8IP08B Megapixel IP IR Imager Megapixel 1/2 in CMOS Day/Night 3.1/1.3 dual sensor, 8 mm lens, 850 nm Black Diamond, Black EX85D8IP08B EX85D8IP12B Megapixel IP IR Imager Megapixel 1/2 in CMOS Day/Night 3.1/1.
PAGE 215
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 205 ZX55-IP Infrared Imager Functions Intelligent Video Analysis (IVA) • On‑board video content analysis monitors scene activity and flags user-defined events such as alarms (additional license required) Black Diamond Infrared IlluminationTechnology • Black Diamond technology eliminates hotspot foregrounds and underexposed backgrounds • Extended range infrared to deliver night imaging to 300 m (1000 ft) • Reduces image noise and enables better compression, reducing bit ra
PAGE 216
206 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Installation/Configuration Notes Night time Sensitivity 0 Lux - works in total darkness Dimensions Lens IR corrected 9 to 90 mm varifocal auto-iris, DC drive Gamma 0.
PAGE 217
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 207 Environmental Operation Temperature Range -50 °C to +50 °C (-58 ºF to +122 ºF) Wind Load Designed to survive 250 km/h (155 mph) wind loading Environment Certified to CSA Type 4X outdoor weather rating.
PAGE 218
208 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series ZX55 Infrared Imager 2 • • Reduces image noise and enables better compression, reducing bit rates and enhancing network stability Enables effective night-time performance of video analytics Rugged All-Weather Construction • Field-proven NEMA4X weather-sealed housing • Cable-managed wall bracket • Dedicated camera bay for easy-optical adjustments • Sunshields on top and sides for optimal heat deflection • Designed to survive 250 km/h (155 mph) wind loading Precision
PAGE 219
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 209 Range Specifications Night Vision IR Horizontal Field of View (10° beam angle) Detection 300 m (1000 ft) 45 m (150 ft) Classification 250 m (820 ft) 35 m (120 ft) Recognition 150 m (500 ft) 25 m (80 ft) Identification 100 m (330 ft) 15 m (50 ft) Interfaces Analog PAL or NTSC BNC Electrical Voltage Supply 12 to 24 VDC or VAC Power Consumption 58 W max Mechanical Construction Aluminum extrusion / polycarbonate / ABS alloy Finish Anodized housing /
PAGE 220
210 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Ordering Information 2 VEI-558V90-11BP IR Imager Long range IR Imager, Day/night, 9-90 mm, 850 nm Black Diamond, PAL, black, pole mount VEI-558V90-11BP VEI-559V90-21BP IR Imager Long range IR Imager, Day/night, 9-90 mm, 940 nm Black Diamond, NTSC, black, pole mount VEI-559V90-21BP VEI-559V90-11BP IR Imager Long range IR Imager, Day/night, 9-90 mm, 940 nm Black Diamond, PAL, black, pole mount VEI-559V90-11BP Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 221
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 211 EX36‑IP No-Grip Corner Mount Camera Technical Specifications Video Sensor MX4 Hi-resolution day/night CCD C7 Hi-resolution Color CCD Effective Pixels (NTSC) 768 (H) x 494 (V) 768(H) x 494(V) Effective Pixels (PAL) 752 (H) x 582 (V) 752(H) x 582(V) Resolution 540 TVL color / 540 TVL monochrome 500 TVL S/N Ratio Greater than 48dB Greater than 48dB Daytime Sensitivity 0.02 Lux with F1.4 lens 2.7 Lux at F1.
PAGE 222
212 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Mechanical 2 Ordering Information Weight 1.2 kg (2.6 lbs) Construction Robust aluminum casting, painted steel with flush removable front panel and tamper-resistant screws Window ¼-inch thick LEXAN Overall Dimensions (WxHxD) 224 x 134 x 155 mm (8.8 x 5.3 x 6.
PAGE 223
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 213 Ordering Information NEI‑369F04‑11WM IP Corner Mount Camera IP vandal proof corner cam, 1/3 in. extended day/night, 540/540 TVL, 940 nm IR, 3.6 mm lens, PAL, microphone www.boschsecurity.com NEI-369F04-11WM 2 Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 224
214 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX36N Corner-mount Nogrip Camera technology foreground hotspots and underexposed backgrounds are eliminated. LED intensity is adjustable for optimal performance. An optional microphone is available. Functions Applications • Prisons cells • Hospital rooms • Psychiatric wards • Elevators • Storage rooms • Interrogation rooms • Seclusion cells • Holding cells Certifications and Approvals CSA C22.2 No 0-M1991 General Elec. Rqts, Part II CSA C22.
PAGE 225
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 215 Ordering Information S/N Ratio Greater than 48 dB Filter Mechanical dual-window IR-Pass / IR-Cut Video Output 1 Vpp, 75 ohm Gamma 0.
PAGE 226
216 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX36 Corner-mount Nogrip Camera CSA C22.2 No 0-M1991 General Elec. Rqts, Part II CSA C22.2 No 1-M94 Audio, Video and Similar Equip. CSA C22.2 No 94-M91 Special Purpose Enclosures UL Std No 50 Enclosures for Elec. Equipment UL Std No 2044 Commercial CCTV Equipment FCC PART 15 Class A Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions Features ▶ Patented No-Grip anchor-free design ▶ Perfectly flush fit into corners ▶ Complete coverage of a 4.5 x 4.
PAGE 227
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 217 Ordering Information EX36C702W‑N Corner-mount No-grip Camera 1/3 in. hi-res color, 500TVL, 2.5 mm lens, NTSC EX36C702W-N EX36C702W‑P Corner-mount No-grip Camera 1/3 in. hi-res color, 500TVL, 2.5 mm lens, PAL EX36C702W-P EX36C704W‑N Corner-mount No-grip Camera 1/3 in. hi-res color, 500 TVL, 3.6 mm lens, NTSC EX36C704W-N EX36C704W‑P Corner-mount No-grip Camera 1/3 in. hi-res color, 500 TVL, 3.
PAGE 228
218 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series EX27D Desert Cameras 2 Features ▶ Optimized and tested for hot desert conditions to 65ºC (149ºF) Technical Specifications Video Sensor MX4 Hi-Res Extended Day/Night CCD Filter Dual-window mechanical type, IR Pass / IR Cut Day-Night Switching Photocell-controlled, automatic Resolution 540 TVL color / 540 TVL monochrome Effective Pixels NTSC (H x V) 768 x 494 Effective Pixels PAL (H x V) 752 x 582 Varifocal Lens Options Varifocal auto-iris 5-50 mm IR‑corre
PAGE 229
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 219 EX27N Series All-Weather Cameras The EX27MNX features an all-weather housing, fieldproven for successful application in extreme environments. The cast and extruded aluminum housing accommodates a 4-9 mm VF, auto-iris lens for extra installation versatility. Rugged, compact, power protected and extreme weathersealed, the EX27MNX is an ideal day/night camera for a wide variety of technical surveillance applications.
PAGE 230
220 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Environmental 2 Operational Range -50ºC to 50ºC (-58ºF to +122ºF) Environment IP66/NEMA 4X compliant Ordering Information Accessories EXSH.27B Sun Hood Sun Hood, Black EXSH.27B EXMB.015B Pole Mount Adapter Bracket Pole Mount Adapter, black EXMB.015B EXMB.023B Wall Bracket Wall Bracket, Black EXMB.023B EXMB.017B Wall Mount Adapter Bracket Wall Mount Adapter, Black EXMB.017B Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 231
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 221 EX27 All-Weather Cameras Functions Applications • Outdoor surveillance • Extreme environment • Ports and harbors • Commercial campuses • Critical infrastructure • Homeland Security • High-end residential • School and universities 2 Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions Features ▶ Compact, weather-sealed housing for performance in extreme environments ▶ MX4 extended day/night CCD for outstanding IR sensitivity, low smear, low streak and excellent antiblooming
PAGE 232
222 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 Resolution 540 TVL color / 540 TVL monochrome Effective Pixels NTSC (HxV) 768 x 494 Effective Pixels PAL (HxV) 752 x 582 Sensitivity 0.02 lx with F1.4 lens 0 lx with infrared (B/W) S/N Ratio Greater than 48 dB (AGC off) Output Signal 1 Vpp, 75 ohm Gamma 0.
PAGE 233
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 223 EX14N Series Extreme Environment Integrated Day/Night Camera Made of an injection-molded ABS/Nylon resin, the EX14N series is engineered specifically to withstand hot, cold and wet environments. A totally insulated inner chamber eliminates the requirement for internal heaters and blowers. Compliant to IP66, the EX14N series also features an easy-access camera compartment for easy camera/lens adjustments and installation.
PAGE 234
224 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Installation/Configuration Notes 2 7.1 x 3.3 x 3.3 in (L x W x H) Window Diameter 50 mm (2.0 in) Weight 0.7 kg (1.5lb) bracket included Temperature Range Operation -60°C to +60°C (-76°F to +140°F) Environmental IP66 compliant Ordering Information EX14MNX8V0408B‑N Extreme Environment Integrated Day/Night Camera 1/3 in.
PAGE 235
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 225 EX14 Extreme Environment Camera • • • • Weatherproof, IP66 compliant design for reliable performance in the harshest environments Insulated body for performance in extreme hot, cold or wet environments Installer-friendly, easy-access optical compartment Varifocal 4 to 9 mm or 9 to 12 mm auto-iris lens Applications • Wash down applications • Food processing • Acid / alkali environment • Sewage treatment plants • Sub-zero weather applications • Coastal environments •
PAGE 236
226 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series MX4 Extended Day/Night 2 Ordering Information Image Sensor 1/3 in. LXR CCD Resolution 540 TVL color / 540 TVL monochrome Effective Pixels NTSC 768 (H) x 494 (V) Effective Pixels PAL 752 (H) x 582 (V) Sensitivity 0.02 Lux with F1.4 lens S/N Ratio Greater than 48dB All Cameras Video Output 1 Vpp, 75 ohm Gamma 0.45 Gain Control AGC (with on/off switch) Electronics Iris 1/60 to 1/100,000 (NTSC) EX14C7V0922B‑N Extreme Environment Camera 1/3 in.
PAGE 237
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 227 EX10 Extreme Environment Camera • • • • • • • Marine vessels and marinas Clean rooms Acid / alkali environments Swimming pools Sewage treatment plants Industrial freezers Oil rigs Certifications and Approvals CSA Type 6 Outdoor weather rating CSA C22.2 No 0-M1991 General electrical rqts, part II CSA C22.2 No 1-M94 Audio, video, and similar equipment CSA C22.
PAGE 238
228 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Ordering Information Technical Specifications C7 Hi-Res Color 2 Image Sensor 1/3 in. Interline SuperHAD Resolution 500 TVL Effective Pixels NTSC 768 (H) x 494 (V) Effective Pixels PAL 768 (H) x 494 (V) Sensitivity 2.7 Lux at F1.4 S/N Ratio Greater than 48 dB MX4 Extended Day/Night Image Sensor 1/3 in.
PAGE 239
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 229 EX72N Explosion‑protected Integrated Day/Night Camera The EX72N incorporates high-strength design, featuring construction of sand-cast, copper-free aluminum strong enough to withstand an internal explosion. Threaded flame paths extinguish burning explosive gases and allow them to exit the housing harmlessly, without risking ignition in the external environment.
PAGE 240
230 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Certifications and Approvals Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions 2 Region Certification Europe CE Canada CSA CSA/NRTL LR 113310 Class 2258 / 82 - Process Control Equipment - For Hazardous Locations - Certified to US Standard ATEX 2258 / 02 - Process Control Equipment - For Hazardous Locations Safety UL / CSA / ATEX UL 508, 16th Edition - Industrial Control Equipment UL 698, 11th Edition - Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous (Classif
PAGE 241
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 231 Operation Temperature -50 ºC to +40 ºC (-58 ºF to 104 ºF) Range Weight 1.4 kg (3.1 lb) Dimensions 145 x 135 x 144 mm (HxWxD) (5.7 x 5.3 x 5.7 in (HxWxD)) Note 2 To order a CSA/ UL certified product use product codes without the AT suffix. To order an ATEX certified product use product codes with the AT suffix.
PAGE 242
232 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX72 Explosion‑protected Camera Rated NEMA 4X for both indoor and outdoor use, the EX72 carries a T6 temperature code, the lowest and safest rating. When combined with the optional EX72LED infrared illuminator, the EX72 provides exceptional 24/7 surveillance. The EX72 is easy to install into any 12 VDC or 24 VAC system, and is a safe and effective surveillance solution for hazardous locations.
PAGE 243
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 233 CSA/NRTL LR 113310 Installation/Configuration Notes Class 2258 / 82 - Process Control Equipment - For Hazardous Locations - Certified to US Standard Dimensions 2258 / 02 - Process Control Equipment - For Hazardous Locations Safety 2 UL / CSA / ATEX UL 508, 16th Edition - Industrial Control Equipment UL 698, 11th Edition - Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations UL 1203, 2nd Edition - Explosion-Proof and Dust-IgnitionProof Elec.
PAGE 244
234 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Voltage 12 VDC or 24 VAC Power consumption 3.9 W (max.) Cabling holes 2 Two 3/4-inch NPT conduit entries Operation Tempera- -50 ºC to +40 ºC (-58 ºF to 104 ºF) ture Range Weight 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs) Dimensions 117 x 117 x 99 mm (4.6 x 4.6 x 3.9 in) Note To order a CSA/ UL certified product use product codes without the AT suffix. To order an ATEX certified product use product codes with the AT suffix.
PAGE 245
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 235 EX70N Compact Explosion-protected Integrated Day/Night Camera The EX70N incorporates high-strength design, featuring a construction of sand-cast, copper-free aluminum strong enough to withstand an internal explosion. Threaded flame paths extinguish burning explosive gases and allow them to exit the housing harmlessly, without risking ignition in the external environment.
PAGE 246
236 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 CSA/NRTL LR 113310 Class 2258 / 82 - Process Control Equipment - For Hazardous Locations - Certified to US Standard 2258 / 02 - Process Control Equipment - For Hazardous Locations Safety UL / CSA / ATEX UL 508, 16th Edition - Industrial Control Equipment UL 698, 11th Edition - Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations UL 1203, 3rd Edition - Explosion-Proof and Dust-Ignition-Proof Elec.
PAGE 247
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 237 Ordering Information EX70MNX804AT-N Compact, Explosionprotected Integrated Day/Night Camera Day/Night, 18 LEDs, 850 nm, 1/3 in CCD, 540 TVL color/ 540 TVL mono, 3.6 mm lens, ATEX, NTSC EX70MNX804AT-N EX70MNX804AT-P Compact, Explosionprotected Integrated Day/Night Camera Day/Night, 18 LEDs, 850 nm, 1/3 in CCD, 540 TVL color/ 540 TVL mono, 3.6 mm lens, ATEX, PAL EX70MNX804AT-P 2 Accessories EXMB.015B Pole Mount Adapter Bracket Pole Mount Adapter, black EXMB.
PAGE 248
238 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX70 Compact Explosion‑protected Camera Rated NEMA 4X for both indoor and outdoor use, the EX70 carries a T6 temperature code, the lowest and safest rating. The EX70 is available with either a 3.6 mm or 6.0 mm fixed lens and is easy to install into any 12 VDC or 24 VAC system. It is a safe and effective surveillance solution for hazardous locations.
PAGE 249
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 239 CSA/NRTL LR 113310 Class 2258 / 82 – Process Control Equipment – For Hazardous Locations – Certified to US Standard 2258 / 02 – Process Control Equipment – For Hazardous Locations Safety UL / CSA / ATEX UL 508, 16th Edition – Industrial Control Equipment UL 698, 11th Edition – Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations UL 1203, 2nd Edition – Explosion-Proof and Dust-IgnitionProof Elec.
PAGE 250
240 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Ordering Information 2 EX70MX404AT-N Compact, Explosionprotected Camera Day/Night 1/3 in CCD, 540/540 TVL, mech. filter, 3.6 mm fixed lens, NTSC, ATEX Certified EX70MX404AT-N EX70MX404AT-P Compact, Explosionprotected Camera Day/Night 1/3 in CCD, 540/540 TVL, mech. filter, 3.6 mm fixed lens, PAL, ATEX Certified EX70MX404AT-P EX70C704AT-N Compact, Explosionprotected Camera 1/3 in color CCD, 500 TVL, 3.
PAGE 251
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 241 EX49N Series Conical No‑Grip Dome Camera The EX49N features base construction of CNC machined anodized aluminum. Anodized aluminum is an incredibly durable material with high corrosion and heat resistance. Unlike other finishes, anodized aluminum has astounding chemical stability and will resist changes to color or appearance, even under heavy exposure to ultraviolet rays.
PAGE 252
242 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions 2 LEDs High-efficiency, spatially optimized, 850 nm or 940 nm Number of LEDs 18 Weight 1.4 kg (3 lbs) Ordering Information Technical Specifications CCD MX4 extended day/night CCD Effective Pixels NTSC 768 (H) x 494 (V) Effective Pixels PAL 752 (H) x 582 (V) Resolution 540 TVL color / 540 TVL mono Daytime Sensitivity 0.02 Lux with F1.4 lens Night-time Sensitivity 0.
PAGE 253
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 243 Ordering Information EX49MNX806BH‑N Conical No-Grip Dome Camera Extreme dome, extended day/night, 540 TVL, 6 mm lens, 850 nm IR, tint dome, black base, NTSC EX49MNX806BH‑N EX49MNX806BH‑P Conical No-Grip Dome Camera Extreme dome, extended day/night, 540 TVL, 6 mm lens, 850 nm IR, tint dome, black base, PAL EX49MNX806BH‑P EX49MNX906BC‑N Conical No-Grip Dome Camera Extreme dome, extended day/night, 540 TVL, 6 mm lens, 940 nm IR, clear dome, black base, NTSC EX49MNX90
PAGE 254
244 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX49 Series Conical No‑Grip Dome Camera A polycarbonate dome of 3 mm thickness is utilized to protect the internal camera components. Resistant to impact, fire, heat and UV, the polycarbonate dome is guaranteed unbreakable in the face of even the most vicious attacks by vandals. The weather-sealed EX49 is specified for performance in temperatures ranging from -40ºC to +60ºC (-40ºF to +140ºF) and certified for safe, legal installs.
PAGE 255
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 245 Installation/Configuration Notes Operational Range -40ºC to +60ºC (-40ºF to 140ºF) Dimensions Overall Dimension (including bottom gasket) 176 x 91 mm (6.93 x 3.
PAGE 256
246 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX40N Series Ultra Vandal-Proof Dome The EX40N uses a Video Patch Lead (VPL) for convenient installation. An optional Video Patch Connector (VPC) plugs into the VPL at the camera side. With this feature, installers can connect portable LCD monitors for instant video confirmation of camera positioning. Vandal-resistant, all-weather ready and packed with practical enhancements such as a Pan-Tilt-Twist gimbal, conduit compatibility, and a 2.
PAGE 257
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 247 Dome Construction Polycarbonate dome, semi-spherical, 3mm thick Base Construction CNC Anodized Aluminum Weight 610 g (1.3 lbs) Operational Range -40ºC to +60ºC (-40ºF to 140ºF) Humidity Range Up to 85% relative humidity Overall Dimension 118 mm d (4.6 in) Diameter / 100 mm (3.
PAGE 258
248 | Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series 2 EX40 Series Ultra VandalProof Dome A polycarbonate dome of 3mm thickness is utilized to protect the internal camera components. Resistant to impact, fire, heat and UV, the polycarbonate dome is guaranteed unbreakable in the face of even the most vicious attacks by vandals. The weather-sealed EX40 is specified for performance in temperatures ranging from -40ºC to +60ºC (-40ºF to +140ºF).
PAGE 259
Cameras, Fixed | Extreme Series | 249 Ordering Information EX40C7V0310BH-P Ultra Vandal-Proof Dome Extreme dome, 1/3-inch hi-res color, 500 TVL, 2.8-10 mm lens, tint dome, black base, PAL EX40C7V0310BH-P EX40C7V0310BH-N Ultra Vandal-Proof Dome Extreme dome, 1/3-inch hi-res color, 500 TVL, 2.8-10 mm lens, tint dome, black base, NTSC EX40C7V0310BH-N EX40C7V0310BC-P Ultra Vandal-Proof Dome Extreme dome, 1/3-inch hi-res color, 500 TVL, 2.
PAGE 260
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 261
Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series | 251 WZ45N Integrated Day/ Night IR Dome • Photocell controlled for maximum energy efficiency User-friendly design • Extended thumb screws for easy focus and zoom adjustment • Easily accessible joystick for convenient control of OSD menu system and features • Video patch lead enables local image verification on a portable monitor • Pan-Tilt-Twist (3-axis) gimbal enables installers to correct off-center images for properly centered images even along walls • Conduit compatible
PAGE 262
252 | Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series 2 Technical Specifications Ordering Information Video Accessories CCD Camera 1/3 in CCD with Mechanical Filter Technology Filtering Mechanical Filter Technology Resolution High resolution 520 TVL Night Time Sensitivity 0 lux (infrared on) Day/Night Switching Photocell-controlled, automatic Electronics Iris 1/50 to 1/100,000 s (PAL), 1/60 to 1/100,000 s(NTSC) Output Signal 1 VPP composite video, 75 ohm Output connection BNC connector S/N Ratio Greater t
PAGE 263
Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series | 253 WZ14 Integrated Day/ Night Bullet Camera • • • • • Casinos Restaurants Hotels and nightclubs Convenience stores Banks 2 Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE Installation/Configuration Notes Features ▶ SuperHAD 1/3 in CCD, 380 TVL ▶ 8 m (26 ft) of infrared illumination ▶ 3.
PAGE 264
254 | Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series Ordering Information 2 WZ14N4-0 IDN Bullet Camera IDN bullet cam, 380TVL, color switching to bw, 12LEDs, silver, NTSC, 3.7 mm lens, PSU separate WZ14N4-0 WZ14P4-0 IDN Bullet Camera IDN bullet cam, 380TVL, color switching to bw, 12LEDs, silver, PAL, 3.
PAGE 265
Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series | 255 WZ16 Integrated Day/ Night High-res Bullet Camera Functions Applications • Industrial sites • Casinos • Warehouses • Service stations • Commercial • Parking lots • Retail • Perimeters • Transportation hubs • Ports • Residential • Hotels and nightclubs • Schools and colleges 2 Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE Features ▶ SuperHAD 1/3 in CCD, 520 TVL Installation/Configuration Notes ▶ 18 m (59 ft) night vision in zero lux ▶ Mechanical lens f
PAGE 266
256 | Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series Electrical 2 Voltage 12 to 24 VDC or VAC Power Draw 6 W Max. Power Supply Not included Mechanical Construction Robust aluminum extrusion Finish Anodized silver Sunshield Included as standard Bracket Pan-tilt bracket included as standard Weight 0.56 kg (1.2 lb) Dimensions Ø 60 x 145 (L) mm (2.4 x 5.
PAGE 267
Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series | 257 WZ18 Integrated Day/ Night High-res Bullet Camera Designed to IP66 environmental standards, WZ18 operates on either 12 VDC or 24 VAC. Photocell-controlled operation increases energy efficiency and ensures accurate day-night switching for outstanding 24/7 performance. A 360º pan / 90º tilt bracket and sunshield are both included as standard.
PAGE 268
258 | Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series Mechanical 2 Construction Robust aluminum extrusion Finish Anodized silver Sunshield Included as standard Bracket 360º pan / 90º tilt bracket included as standard Weight 0.85 kg (1.9 lb) Dimensions Ø 76 x 210 (L) mm, (3.0 x 8.
PAGE 269
Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series | 259 WZ20 Integrated Day/ Night High-res Bullet Camera The WZ20 also features a versatile 5 to 50 mm IRcorrected lens for outstanding performance under both visible light and infrared illumination. Combined with the mechanical filter technology, the WZ20 optical core virtually eliminates focus shift between color and infrared modes, allowing sharp focus during day or at night.
PAGE 270
260 | Cameras, Fixed | WZ Series 2 Wavelength 850 nm Number of LEDs 30 Electrical Voltage 12 to 24 VAC or VDC Power Draw 8 W max (infrared on) Power Supply Not included Mechanical Construction Robust aluminum extrusion Finish Anodized silver Sunshield Included as standard Bracket 360º pan / 90º tilt bracket included as standard Weight 1.7 kg (3.8 lb) Dimensions Ø 98 x 292 (L) mm, (3.0 x 11.
PAGE 271
Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series | 261 REG Sentry Access Control The REG Sentry system can be used in a wide range of access control applications including car parking, gated communities, factories, warehouses, offices, schools and colleges. System Overview 3 Control box The REG Sentry control box combines dedicated electronics, frame grabber, an embedded processing engine and license plate libraries into one compact, discreet unit.
PAGE 272
262 | Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series Installation/Configuration Notes 3 1 Model REG Sentry 2 Camera Type X REG‑X (6.6 m) LX REG‑LX (15 m) L1 REG‑L1 (18 m) 00 No Camera 3 Region 1 Europe, Middle East and Africa 4 Number plate library EU Europe Technical Specifications PC System Requirements CPU Intel Pentium 4 or compatible, minimum 2.
PAGE 273
Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series | 263 REG-X Close-range Plate Camera Technical Specifications Operational Range 4.5 to 7.
PAGE 274
264 | Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series REG‑L1 License Plate Cameras 3 Functions Applications • ANPR • Traffic monitoring • Border control • Access control • Car parking • Policing • Post event investigation • 12 V to 24 VAC/VDC operation Installation/Configuration Notes Ordering chart Features ▶ High speed capture to 160 km/h (100 mph) ▶ 24/7 Capture in day and dark conditions 1. Model REG-L1 2. Wavelength 8 850 nm 3.
PAGE 275
Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series | 265 Camera Selection Tables Range for 12 x 6 in (305 x 152 mm) number plates (common in North America) Model Range Optimal Distance REG‑L1‑816 4 to 7 m (12 to 22 ft) 5 m (16 ft) REG‑L1‑825 6 to 10 m (20 to 34 ft) 8 m (25 ft) REG‑L1‑835 8 to 15 m (27 to 48 ft) 11 m (35 ft) REG‑L1‑850 12 to 21 m (40 to 68 ft) 15 m (50 ft) REG‑L1‑875 17 to 24 m (55 to 80 ft) 23 m (75 ft) 3 Range for 520 x 111 mm (20.5 x 4.
PAGE 276
266 | Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series REG-D1 License Plate Cameras The camera housing is weather sealed and IP66 / NEMA 4 rated for field-proven performance in the most extreme surveillance conditions. LED infrared illumination ensures consistent, reliable capture day and night. REG-D1 is designed to work with NVRs and DVRs, and is specifically engineered for easy integration with third party ANPR software.
PAGE 277
Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series | 267 1 Model REG-D1 REG‑D1‑835 11 to 18 m (34 to 60 ft) 15 m (50 ft) 850 nm REG‑D1‑850 17 to 25 m (56 to 82 ft) 22 m (72 ft) REG‑D1‑875 22 to 30 m (72 to 100 ft) 28 m (92 ft) 2 Wavelength 8 3 Lens 012 12 mm 016 16 mm 025 25 mm 035 35 mm Ordering Information 050 50 mm Accessories 075 75 mm 4 Camera Type X Standard 5 Region C CCIR E EIA 01 Black 6 Color Technical Specifications Operational Range Up to 30 m (100 ft) or 25 m (80 ft) depending on
PAGE 278
268 | Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series REG‑Z1 License Plate Cameras IP66 / NEMA4 rated, the REG‑Z1 is field proven for unrivalled performance in extreme environments. REG‑Z1's LED array eliminates the need for routine bulb changes and delivers an average operational life of more than 5 years. The REG‑Z1 integrates easily with industry standard DVRs, NVRs, IP video servers and wireless broadband equipment.
PAGE 279
Vehicle Surveillance | REG Series | 269 General Specification LEDs IR LED array Power Requirement 24 VAC or VDC Power Consumption 30 W (1.3 A at 24 VAC) Temperature -50 °C to +50 °C (-58 °F to +122 °F) Environmental IP66 Construction Robust, aluminum extrusion, polycarbonate, ABS alloy, borosilicate 2.5mm window Weight 6.5 kg (14.2 lbs) Dimensions 236 x 224 x 261 mm (9.3 x 8.8 x 10.
PAGE 280
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 281
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 271 NDC-455 FlexiDome IP Cameras A quality image With a 1/3-inch color CCD and Bosch’s advanced digital signal processing, the FlexiDome IP provides professional image quality. Automatically activate the NightSense feature to extend sensitivity under low-light conditions by a factor of three in monochrome operation. Autoblack improves the overall contrast of an image in low contrast scenes, such as foggy weather conditions.
PAGE 282
272 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Tough design 4 The cast-aluminum housing, polycarbonate dome, and hardened inner liner can withstand the equivalent of 55 kg (120 lbs) of force. The enclosure contains the full-featured camera and integral varifocal lens. Ideal for outdoor use, the cameras are protected against water and dust to IP 66 (NEMA‑4X) standards.
PAGE 283
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 273 Flush Mounting 4 Surface Mounting VDA-PMT-DOME –Pendant Pipe Mount VDA-WMT-DOME –Pendant Wall Mount www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 284
274 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Parts Included Quantity Component 4 1 NDC-455 Series FlexiDome IP Camera 1 Lens adjustment cap (focus aid) 1 Safety instructions 1 Quick Install Guide 1 Mini DVD-ROM with manuals, software, and tools 1 Mounting hardware kit + screwdriver bit 1 RJ45 network connector 1 Template for flush mount Technical Specifications Electrical Model No.
PAGE 285
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 275 Network Sensitivity (3200 K, scene reflectivity 89%) Full video (100 IRE) Usable picture Minimum illumi(50 IRE) nation (30 IRE) Color 2.6 lx (0.26 fc) 0.65 lx (0.065 fc) 0.30 lx (0.03 fc) NightSense 1.04 lx (0.104 fc) 0.26 lx (0.026 fc) 0.012 lx (0.0012 fc) NDC-455V03 (F1.2) Protocols RTP, Telnet, UDP, TCP, IP, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, DHCP, IGMP V2/V3, ICMP, ARP, SMTP, SNTP, SNMP, 802.1x, UPnP Encryption TLS 1.
PAGE 286
276 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Ordering Information 4 Ordering Information NDC-455V03-11P FlexiDome Color IP Camera Vandal resistant, 1/3-inch Progressive Scan, H.264 dual stream, 2.8 to 10 mm Varifocal lens, PAL, 50 Hz, Motion+, PoE, Flush mount NDC-455V03-11P NDC-455V03-21P FlexiDome Color IP Camera Vandal resistant, 1/3-inch Progressive Scan, H.264 dual stream, 2.
PAGE 287
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 277 Ordering Information Software Options MVC-FIVA4-CAM IVA 4.0 VCA software license for IP camera/ dome (e‑license) MVC-FIVA4-CAM MVC-FENC-AES BVIP AES 128 Bit Encryption BVIP AES 128‑bit encryption site license. This license is required only once per installation. It enables encrypted communication between BVIP encoders, decoders and management stations. MVC-FENC-AES www.boschsecurity.com 4 Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 288
278 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes NDN-498 FlexiDome2X Day/Night IP Cameras Functions Progressive scan To capture sharp images, even in busy scenes with high motion content, the Dinion camera uses progressive scan technology. Superior image quality With a 1/3-inch CCD and Bosch’s advanced digital signal processing, the FlexiDome2X Day/Night IP camera provides outstanding image quality in virtually all situations.
PAGE 289
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 279 Standard intelligence Cost effective, simple installation With built-in video content analysis, the camera reinforces the Intelligence-at-the-Edge concept where edge devices become increasingly intelligent. The MOTION+ video motion analysis system, that is built into all camera versions, is the perfect solution for applications where basic video content analysis features are required.
PAGE 290
280 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes SensUp Dynamic By increasing the integration time up to 10 times on the CCD, the effective sensitivity is dramatically enhanced. This is especially useful when relying only on moonlight for illumination.
PAGE 291
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 281 4 VDA-PMT-DOME –Pendant Pipe Mount VDA-CMT-DOME –Corner Mount www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 292
282 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Parts Included Sensitivity (3200 K, scene reflectivity 89%) Full video (100 IRE) Usable picture Minimum illumi(50 IRE) nation (30 IRE) Color 2.48 lx (0.23 fc) 0.621 lx (0.058 fc) 0.28 lx (0.027 fc) Quantity Component 4 1 NDN-498 Series FlexiDome2X Day/Night IP Camera 1 Lens adjustment cap (focus aid) 1 Safety instructions 1 Quick Install Guide 1 Mini DVD-ROM with manuals, software, and tools Color + SensUp 10x 0.248 lx (0.023 fc) 0.062 lx (0.
PAGE 293
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 283 Input/output Audio • • 1 x mono line in, 1 x mono line out signal line in 9 kohm typical, 5.5 Vpp max Operating temperature default (with heater off) signal line out 3.0 Vpp at 10 kOhm typical, 2.3 Vpp at 32 Ohm typical, 1.
PAGE 294
284 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Ordering Information 4 Ordering Information NDN-498V09-22P FlexiDome2X Day/Night IP Camera Vandal resistant, 1/3-inch Progressive Scan, H.264 dual stream, 2X DSP, WDR, 9 to 22 mm Varifocal lens, NTSC, 60 Hz, Designed for IVA, PoE, Flush mount NDN-498V09-22P NDN-498V03-11PS FlexiDome2X Day/ Night IP Camera Vandal resistant, 1/3-inch Progressive Scan, H.264 dual stream, 2X DSP, WDR, 2.
PAGE 295
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 285 NWD‑455 FlexiDome IP Cameras costs. Power over Ethernet (PoE) makes installation easier and more cost-effective, since these cameras no longer require AC power. Functions H.264 Baseline Profile Encoding Firmware version 4.0 and higher enables the camera to use H.264 Baseline Profile to encode the video signal. This reduces the required bit rate for a given quality setting, or increases the quality while keeping the bit rate setting. Because H.
PAGE 296
286 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Power options Three power options, PoE, 24 VAC (12 to 28 VAC) and 12 VDC (+11 to +36 VDC), are available on the NWD-455. Utilizing PoE makes installation easier and more costeffective, since cameras do not require a local AC power source. Additionally, they can use an uninterruptible power supply (UPS), which will allow continuous operation, even during a power failure, e.g. in emergencies. 4 1 2 03 2.6 to 6 mm F1.4 04 3.7 to 12 mm F1.6 09 9 to 22 mm F1.
PAGE 297
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 287 VDA-NWDPMT Pipe Mount Technical Specifications Electrical Power Input voltage +11 to +36 VDC (750 mA) 12 to 28 VAC, 45/65 Hz* (850 mA) PoE, IEEE 802.3af Power consumption 10.5 VA (max) Connector 3-pole push-in 4 Video Video compression MPEG-4/H.264; M-JPEG GOP structure I, IP Data rate 9.6 Kbps to 6 Mbps (const.
PAGE 298
288 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Optical Ordering Information NWD‑455V03‑10P FlexiDomeXT IP Camera PAL, 2.6 to 6 mm F1.4 lens NWD-455V03-10P NWD‑455V03‑20P FlexiDomeXT IP Camera NTSC, 2.6 to 6 mm F1.4 lens NWD-455V03-20P NWD‑455V04‑10P FlexiDomeXT IP Camera PAL, 3.7 to 12 mm F1.6 lens NWD-455V04-10P Tele: 12.8º x 9.6º (H x V ) NWD‑455V04‑20P FlexiDomeXT IP Camera NTSC, 3.7 to 12 mm F1.
PAGE 299
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 289 NWD‑495 FlexiDomeDN IP Cameras monochrome, enhancing sensitivity for IR illumination to provide high-quality images even in challenging low-light conditions. FlexiDome IP uses H.264 or MPEG-4 compression, bandwidth throttling, and multicasting capabilities to manage bandwidth and storage requirements efficiently while delivering the best image quality and resolution.
PAGE 300
290 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes ONVIF ONVIF (Open Network video Interface Forum) compliancy ensures integration with third party management systems and video network devices. Installation/Configuration Notes Tri-streaming Video 4 FlexiDome IP cameras can generate two separate H.264/ MPEG-4 video streams and one JPEG stream simultaneously, while giving access to five users at a time.
PAGE 301
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 291 VDA-NWDWMT Wall Mount VDA-NWDCMT Corner Mount 4 Parts Included Quantity Component VDA-NWDPMT Pipe Mount 1 NWD-495 FlexiDomeDN IP Cameras 1 Focus aid 1 Quick Installation Guide 1 CD-ROM with manual, software, and tools Technical Specifications Electrical Power Input voltage +11 to +36 VDC (750 mA) 12 to 28 VAC, 45/65 Hz* (850 mA) PoE, IEEE 802.3af Power consumption 10.5 VA (max) Connector 3-pole push-in Video Video compression MPEG-4/H.
PAGE 302
292 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Network Video signal Analog composite (NTSC or PAL) connector 2.5 mm jack socket, 75 ohm Telnet, RTP, HTTP(S), ARP,TCP, UDP, IP, ICMP, DHCP, IGMPv2/v3, SNMP, 802.1x Video S/N 50 dB Ethernet Sensitivity (3200 K, scene reflectivity 89%) Usable pic- Usable pic- Full video ture (30 IRE) ture (50 IRE) (100 IRE) 10/100 Base-T, auto-sensing, half/full duplex, RJ45 Overall unit delay 120 ms (MPEG-4) PoE IEEE 802.
PAGE 303
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 293 NDC-255-P and NDC-225-P IP Camera 200 Series Functions Best-in-class image performance The camera delivers the clearest images and most accurate colors within its class. Progressive scan ensures moving objects are always sharp. Tri-streaming video Tri-streaming allows a data stream to be encoded simultaneously according to three different, individually customized settings. Two types of streams can serve different purposes. For example, use H.
PAGE 304
294 | Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE Safety Dimensions EU: EN 60950-1: 2006, Reference IEC 60950-1:2005 US: UL 60950-1: 1st edition dated October 31, 2007 4 Canada: CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO.
PAGE 305
Cameras, MiniDome | IP MiniDomes | 295 Connection Analog video out 2.5 mm jack for installation only Alarm input Short or DC 5V activation Relay out Input rating Maximum 1 A 24 VAC/VDC Audio Audio input Built-in microphone Line in jack connector Audio output Line out jack connector Audio communication Two-way, full duplex Audio compression G.711 4 Local Storage Memory card slot Supports up to 32 GB microSD/SDHC card Recording Continuous recording, ring recording.
PAGE 306
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 307
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 297 VDN-498 Series FlexiDome 2X Dome Camera Installation is quick and easy, as the camera comes completely assembled and ready to use. Using the proprietary pan/tilt/rotation mechanism, installers can select the exact field of view. Mounting options are numerous, including surface, 4S (USA), wall, corner and suspended ceiling. The compact, sleek design and virtually flush-mount appearance complements any decor.
PAGE 308
298 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes 4 Day/Night Mode SensUp Dynamic The day/night mode provides enhanced night viewing by increasing the IR sensitivity. The IR filter can switch from color to monochrome automatically by either sensing the illumination level or via the alarm input. The filter can be switched manually via the alarm input, through the camera menu or via the Bilinx coaxial control interface.
PAGE 309
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 299 BNC to UTP Transceiver VDA-445WMT–Pendant Wall Mount 4 Dimensions in mm (in.) Flush Mounting Dimensions in mm (in.) VDA-455SMB–Surface Mount Box Dimensions in mm (in.) Dimensions in mm (in.) for surface mounting www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 310
300 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes VDA-455PMT–Pendant Pipe Mount Technical Specifications Electrical 4 Model No.
PAGE 311
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 301 Horizontal Resolution 540 TVL Signal-to-Noise Ratio >50 dB Video Output Composite video 1 Vpp, 75 ohm Synchronization Mechanical Dimensions See drawings Weight 740 g (1.
PAGE 312
302 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes Ordering Information 4 EX12LED‑3BD‑8W Infrared Illuminator EX12LED, IR Illuminator, 850 nm, 60 deg beam EX12LED-3BD-8W EX12LED‑3BD‑9M Infrared Illuminator EX12LED IR Illuminator, 940 nm, 30 deg beam EX12LED-3BD-9M EX12LED‑3BD‑9W Infrared Illuminator EX12LED, IR Illuminator, 940 nm, 60 deg beam EX12LED-3BD-9W Software Options VP‑CFGSFT Configuration Software for cameras using Bilinx, includes VP-USB Adaptor Bosch Security Systems B.V. VP-CFGSFT www.
PAGE 313
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 303 VDC‑485 Series Dome Cameras FlexiDome XF The FlexiDomeXF cameras are an ideal solution for many surveillance applications, even under the most challenging lighting conditions. Their compact, sleek design and virtually flush-mount appearance will complement any decor. The camera enclosure provides the extra protection necessary for applications such as in schools, banks, prisons, parking garages, retail and industrial buildings.
PAGE 314
304 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes Flush Mounting Installation/Configuration Notes 4 Dimensions in mm (in.) 1 2 3 VDA-455SMB–Surface Mount Box C-485 Color (with NightSense) 03 3 to 9.5 mm F1.0 (Color version) 04 3.7 to 12 mm F1.6 09 9 to 22 mm F1.4 10 PAL color or CCIR mono 20 NTSC color or EIA mono 4 Flush mount S Surface mount FlexiDomeXF model overview Model Standard Lens VDC-485V03-10 PAL 3 to 9.5 mm F1.0 VDC-485V03-20 NTSC 3 to 9.5 mm F1.0 VDC-485V04-10 PAL 3.
PAGE 315
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 305 VDA-445WMT–Pendant Wall Mount VDA-455PMT–Pendant Pipe Mount 4 Dimensions in mm (in.) Dimensions in mm (in.) VDA-455CMT–Corner Mount Dimensions in mm (in.) for corner mounting www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 316
306 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes Technical Specifications Electrical Power supply 4 White balance Automatic sensing (2500 to 9000 K), AWB hold and manual Video motion detector Four (4) areas, sensitivity selectable Camera ID 16-character editable string, position selectable Rated voltage 12 VDC or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz Voltage range 10.8 to 39 VDC or 12 to 28 VAC, 45 to 65 Hz Video output Composite video 1.
PAGE 317
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 307 Ordering Information Ordering Information VDC‑485V03‑10 Vandal Resistant Color Model 1/3-inch, PAL color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/3-9.5 mm F1.0 Varifocal lens, white VDC-485V03-10 VDC‑485V03‑10S Vandal Resistant Color Model, Surface Mount 1/3-inch, PAL color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/3-9.5 mm F1.
PAGE 318
308 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes VDC‑480 Series Dome Cameras FlexiDome XF Indoor 4 Functions Technology The VDC-480 series incorporates the latest technology adopted from the high-performance DinionXF Color cameras. This technology ensures the highest possible image quality at all times and under all conditions. Based on a unique combination of 15-bit digital video processing and XF-dynamic, these cameras provide excellent sensitivity, with up to 32 x extended dynamic range.
PAGE 319
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 309 1 C-480 Color (with NightSense) 2 03 3 to 9.5 mm F1.0 04 3.7 to 12 mm F1.6 09 9 to 22 mm F1.4 10 PAL color or CCIR mono 20 NTSC color or EIA mono 3 4 VDA-445SMB–Surface Mount Box Flush mount S Surface mount 4 Model overview Model Standard Lens mm (in) VDC-480V03-10 PAL 3 to 9.5 mm F1.0 VDA-445WMT–Pendant Wall Mount VDC-480V03-20 NTSC 3 to 9.5 mm F1.0 VDC-480V04-10 PAL 3.7 to 12 mm F1.6 VDC-480V04-20 NTSC 3.7 to 12 mm F1.
PAGE 320
310 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes VDA-455PMT–Pendant Pipe Mount Technical Specifications Electrical Power supply Rated voltage 12 VDC or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz Voltage range 10.8 to 39 VDC or 12 to 28 VAC, 45 to 65 Hz Power consumption 4W Imager Interline transfer CCD, 1/3-inch image format Active picture elements 4 PAL models 752 H x 582 V NTSC models 768 H x 494 V Sensitivity (3200 K) Model Usable picture Usable picture Full video (30 IRE) (50 IRE) (100 IRE) Color 0.16 lx (0.
PAGE 321
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 311 White balance Automatic sensing (2500 to 9000 K), AWB hold and manual Video motion detector Four (4) areas, sensitivity selectable Camera ID 16-character editable string, position selectable Video output Composite video 1.
PAGE 322
312 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes Ordering Information Accessories 4 VDA‑445SMB Surface mount box, indoor for VDM-345 and VDC-445 VDA-445SMB VDA‑445WMT Wall mounting bracket VDA-445WMT VDA‑455PMT Pendant pipe mount VDA-455PMT VDA‑455CMT Corner mounting bracket for interior corner VDA-455CMT VDA-455TBL Tinted bubble Tinted bubble for FlexiDome series VDA-455TBL VDA-455CBL Clear bubble Clear Bubble for FlexiDome series VDA-455CBL S1460 Service/Monitor Cable for FlexiDome analog and IP
PAGE 323
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 313 VDM‑3x5 and VDC‑4x5 Series Dome Cameras FlexiDome VF and XT+ The FlexiDomeVF and FlexiDomeXT+ cameras are an ideal solution for many surveillance applications. Their compact, sleek design and virtually flush-mount appearance complement any decor. The camera enclosure provides the extra protection necessary for applications such as in schools, banks, prisons, parking garages, retail and commercial buildings.
PAGE 324
314 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes Installation/Configuration Notes VDC-455V04-20 NTSC 3.7 to 12 mm F1.6 VDC-455V09-10 PAL 9 to 22 mm F1.4 VDC-455V09-20 NTSC 9 to 22 mm F1.4 BNC to UTP Transceiver 4 1 2 3 4 M-3 Monochrome C-4 Color (with NightSense) 4 Low impact 5 High impact 03 2.6 to 6 mm F1.4 04 4 to 9 mm F1.6 (low impact version) 3.7 to 12 mm F1.6 (high impact version) 09 9 to 22 mm F1.4 10 PAL color or CCIR mono 20 NTSC color or EIA mono 5 Dimensions in mm (in.
PAGE 325
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 315 FlexiDomeXT+ Impact-resistant, Indoor Flush Mounting Model VDA-445WMT–Pendant Wall Mount 4 Dimensions in mm (in.) VDA-455SMB–Hardened Surface Mount Box Dimensions in mm (in.) for the FlexiDomeXT+ impactresistant, surface mounting model Dimensions in mm (in.) for wall mounting www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 326
316 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes VDA-455PMT–Pendant Pipe Mount Technical Specifications Electrical Power Supply Rated Voltage 12 VDC or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz Voltage Range 10.
PAGE 327
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 317 * Line-lock (only when AC-powered) synchronizes the camera to the power line zero crossing for roll-free vertical interval switching. Vertical phase delay can be adjusted (from 0° to 358°) to allow vertical synchronization in multi-phase power installations. Optical Varifocal Manual zoom and focus adjustment Iris Control Automatic iris control Viewing Angle 2.6 to 6 mm Wide: 98.5º x 75.3º (H x V) Tele: 48.1º x 36.2º (H x V) 4 to 9 mm Wide: 68º x 50.
PAGE 328
318 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes Ordering Information 4 Ordering Information VDC‑445V04‑10 Indoor Color Model 1/3-inch, PAL color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/4-9 mm F1.6 Varifocal lens, white VDC-445V04-10 VDC‑445V04‑10S Indoor Color Model, Surface Mount 1/3-inch, PAL color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/4-9 mm F1.6 Varifocal lens, white, surface mount VDC-455V03-10 VDC-445V04-10S VDC‑455V03‑10 Vandal Resistant Color Model 1/3-inch, PAL color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/2.
PAGE 329
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 319 Ordering Information VDC‑455V09‑10 Vandal Resistant Color Model 1/3-inch, PAL color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/9‑22 mm F1.4 Varifocal lens, white. VDC-455V09-10 VDC‑455V09‑20 Vandal Resistant Color Model 1/3-inch, NTSC color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 60 Hz, w/9‑22 mm F1.4 Varifocal lens, white. VDC‑455V09‑20 VDC‑455V09‑10S Vandal Resistant Color Model, Surface Mount 1/3-inch, PAL color, 540 TVL, 12 VDC/24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/9‑22 mm F1.
PAGE 330
320 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes LTC 13xx and LTC 14xx Series FlexiDome Fixed Dome Cameras 4 The backlight compensation and wide dynamic range, combined with the many other image enhancement features of the proprietary DSP ensure optimum contrast and a clear picture of the object at any time.
PAGE 331
Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes | 321 Model No. Voltage Range Mono/Color Systems Monochrome LTC 131x/10, 132x/10 12 to 28 VAC or VDC CCIR LTC 131x/20, 132x/20 12 to 28 VAC or VDC EIA LTC 141x/10, 142x/10 12 to 28 VAC or VDC PAL LTC 141x/20, 142x/20 12 to 28 VAC or VDC NTSC Color Power is 2 W for all models. Video Out BNC. Power Terminal block, power supply terminals are isolated from video output BNC. Mechanical Cable Entry Internal connections. Mounting Mounts on wall or ceiling.
PAGE 332
322 | Cameras, MiniDome | Analog MiniDomes Ordering Information 4 LTC 1412/10 FlexiDome I 1/4-inch color PAL, 330 TVL, 12 VDC / 24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/3 mm fixed iris lens LTC1412/10 LTC 1412/20 FlexiDome I 1/4-inch color NTSC, 330 TVL, 12 VDC / 24 VAC, 60 Hz, w/3 mm fixed iris lens LTC1412/20 LTC 1413/10 FlexiDome I 1/4-inch color PAL, 330 TVL, 12 VDC / 24 VAC, 50 Hz, w/6 mm fixed iris lens LTC1413/10 LTC 1413/20 FlexiDome I 1/4-inch color NTSC, 330 TVL, 12 VDC / 24 VAC, 60 Hz, w/6 mm fixed iris lens L
PAGE 333
Lenses | Lenses | 323 Varifocal Lenses The mechanical construction is designed to withstand both frequent DC-iris control operations and the environmental stress of security installations. For flexible, high-quality, reliable lenses that match a camera’s performance, this varifocal series is the ideal solution.
PAGE 334
324 | Lenses | Lenses Environmental Operating Temperature -10°C to+50°C (+14°F to +122°F) Storage Temperature -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to + 158°F) Operating Humidity Up to 93% non-condensing Certification CE (DC-iris models) Ordering Information 5 Lens Type L D H W mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) LTC 3274/41 77 (3.03) 42 (1.65) 56.8 (2.24) 46.5 (1.83) LTC 3364/21 44 (1.73) 35.2 (1.39) 45.7 (1.8) 40.4 (1.59) LTC 3664/30 44.4 (1.75) 35.2 (1.39) 44.7 (1.76) 38.3 (1.51) LTC 3364/50 55 (2.
PAGE 335
Lenses | Lenses | 325 Ordering Information LTC 3674/20 Varifocal Lens IR corrected 1/3-inch, 7.5 – 50 mm, DC-iris, CS-mount F1.3-360, 4-pin LTC 3674/20 LTC 3764/20 Varifocal Lens IR corrected 1/2-inch, 4 – 12 mm, DC-iris, C-mount F1.2-360, 4-pin LTC 3764/20 LTC 3774/30 Varifocal Lens IR corrected 1/2-inch, 10 – 40 mm, DC-iris, C-mount F1.4-360, 4-pin LTC 3774/30 5 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 336
326 | Lenses | Lenses Varifocal Lenses 1/3 and 1/2 inch 5 LTC3361/50 LTC3364/50 LTC3361/60 LTC3364/60 Image format 1/3 inch 1/3 inch 1/3 inch 1/3 inch Focal length 2.8 – 10 mm 2.8 – 10 mm 3.5 – 8 mm 3.5 – 8 mm Iris range F1.4 to close F1.4 - 360 F1.4 to close F1.4 - 360 Min object distance 0.3 m (1 ft) 0.3 m (1 ft) 0.3 m (1 ft) 0.3 m (1 ft) Back focus distance 7.8 mm (0.3 in) 7.8 mm (0.3 in) 8.4 mm (0.33 in) 8.4 mm (0.33 in) 57 g (0.13 lb) 69 g (0.15 lb) 41 g (0.
PAGE 337
Lenses | Lenses | 327 Varifocal Lenses 1/3 and 1/2 inch LTC3361/32 LTC 3364/32 LTC 3361/41 LTC 3364/41 Image format 1/3 inch 1/3 inch 1/3 inch 1/3 inch Focal length 3 – 8 mm 3 – 8 mm 2.8 – 12 mm 2.8 – 12 mm F1.0 to close F1.0 - 360 F1.4 to close F1.4 - 360 Min object distance 0.2 m (0.66 ft) 0.2 m (0.7 ft) to inf. 0.3 m (1 ft) 0.3 m (1 ft) to inf. Back focus distance 8.4 mm (0.33 in) 8.4 mm (0.33 in) 8.6 mm (0.34 in) 8.6 mm (0.34 in) 39 g (0.09 lb) 50 g (0.11 lb) 67 g (0.
PAGE 338
328 | Lenses | Lenses Varifocal Lenses 1/3 and 1/2 inch LTC3371/50 LTC3374/50 LTC 3371/21 LTC 3374/21 Image format 1/3 inch 1/3 inch 1/3 inch 1/3 inch Focal length 5 – 50 mm 5 – 50 mm 5 – 50 mm 5 – 50 mm F1.7 to close F1.7 - 360 F1.4 to close F1.4 - 360 Iris range 5 Min object distance 1 m (3.3 ft) 1 m (3.3 ft) 1 m (3.3 ft) 1 m (3.3 ft) Back focus distance 7.6 mm (0.3 in) 7.6 mm (0.3 in) 10.05 mm (0.4 in) 10.05 mm (0.4 in) Weight 149 g (0.33 lb) 160 g (0.35 lb) 75 g (0.
PAGE 339
Lenses | Lenses | 329 Varifocal Lenses 1/3 and 1/2 inch LTC3364/21 LTC3664/30 LTC3664/40 LTC 3674/20 Image format 1/3 inch (IR) 1/3 inch (IR) 1/3 inch (IR) 1/3 inch (IR) Focal length 2.8 – 6 mm 3 – 8 mm 2.8 – 12 mm 7.5 – 50 mm F1.4 - 200 F1.0 - 360 F1.4 - 360 F1.3 - 360 Min object distance 0.3 m (1.0 ft) 0.3 m (1 ft) to inf. 0.3 m (1 ft) to inf. 0.4 m (1.3 ft) Back focus distance 7.6 mm (0.3 in) 7.5 mm (0.3 in) 8.6 mm (0.34 in) 8.1 mm (0.32 in) 59 g (0.13 lb) 60 g (0.
PAGE 340
330 | Lenses | Lenses Varifocal Lenses 1/3 and 1/2 inch 5 LTC 3764/20 LTC 3774/30 LTC3274/41 Image format 1/2 inch (IR) 1/2 inch (IR) 1/2 inch Focal length 4 – 12 mm 10 – 40 mm 7.5 – 75 mm Iris range F1.2 - 360 F1.4 - 360 F1.7 – 360 Min object distance 0.3 m (1.0 ft) 0.5 m (1.6 ft) 0.3 m (1 ft) Back focus distance 9 mm (0.35 in) 12.4 mm (0.49 in) 8.5 mm (0.34 in) Weight 68 g (0.15 lb) 87 g (0.19 lb) 220 g (0.48 lb) C C C Angle view Wide (1/3 in.) 68.9 x 51.3 27.5 x 20.
PAGE 341
Illumination | Infrared and White Light | 331 Aegis SuperLED Illuminator Functions • • • • 3D diffuser technology eliminates hotspots in the foreground and underexposed backgrounds Delivers even illumination designed specifically for CCTV Dramatically improves night-time imaging, reducing noise and increasing video signal When used with encoding and digital recording systems, even illumination reduces bit rate and so lowers storage requirements Controlled by Constant Light Technology • Maintains a cons
PAGE 342
332 | Illumination | Infrared and White Light Ordering Information Technical Specifications Aegis SuperLED Infrared Wavelength 850 nm and 940 nm Color Black anodized heat sink with black front fascia LEDs High efficiency surface mounted LED array with current-limited integral power circuit Beam Patterns 10°, 20°, 30°, 60°, 95°, 120° Consumption 50–90 W (90 W max power) Input Voltage 12 to 24 VDC or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz Temperature Range –40°C to +50°C (–40°F to 122°F) max.
PAGE 343
Illumination | Infrared and White Light | 333 AEGIS UFLED IntelligentIR Illuminator Aegis UFLED has a robust, aluminum construction with acrylic front fascia and works even in harsh environments — guaranteed. It is IP67 rated and has an impressive temperature rating of -50 °C to +50 °C (-58 °F to +122 °F).
PAGE 344
334 | Illumination | Infrared and White Light Temperature Range -50 °C to +50 °C (-58 °F to +122 °F) max on full power Environment IP67 Construction Robust, aluminum construction with acrylic front fascia Weight 1.4 kg (3.1 lb) Dimensions 152 x 188 x 115 mm (6.0 x 7.4 x 4.5 in) Color Black anodized heat sink with black front fascia Power Cable Supplied with IP67 power connector and 5 m (16.
PAGE 345
Illumination | Infrared and White Light | 335 AEGIS UFLED White Light Illuminators Aegis UFLED has a robust, aluminum construction with acrylic front fascia and works even in harsh environments — guaranteed. It is IP67 rated and has an impressive temperature rating of -50 °C to +50 °C (-58 °F to +122 °F).
PAGE 346
336 | Illumination | Infrared and White Light 1. Model UFLED AEGIS UFLED 2. Beam Pattern 10 10° 20 20° 30 30° 60 60° 95 95° 120 120° 3. Light W White light 4.
PAGE 347
Illumination | Infrared and White Light | 337 Ordering Information UFLED95‑WBD AEGIS Illuminator AEGIS Intelligent White Light UFLED illuminator, 95° UFLED95-WBD UFLED120‑WBD AEGIS Illuminator AEGIS Intelligent White Light UFLED illuminator, 120° UFLED120-WBD Accessories EXPB-3W-KIT Camera and IR Illuminator Wall-mount Kit Wall-mount kit including camera housing for IR Illuminators EXPB-3W-KIT DPB2 Dome and IR 2‑way Pole Bracket Dome & IR 2‑way Pole Bracket DPB2 DPB2+ Dome and IR 2‑way Pole Bracket
PAGE 348
338 | Illumination | Infrared and White Light EX12LED Black Diamond Infrared Illuminators The EX12LED is ideal for use with IP cameras as a powerful and low-cost tool to offset the bandwidth challenges that affect IP systems at night. When video analytics is employed, the EX12LED is capable of delivering sufficient light to yield a striking improvement in accuracy and in the reduction of false alarms.
PAGE 349
Illumination | Infrared and White Light | 339 Model EX12LED‑3BD‑9W EX12LED‑3BD‑9M LED Type 940 nm 940 nm LED Beam Angles 60° wide 30° medium Range 7 m (23 ft) 15 m (50 ft) HFOV 8 m (26 ft) 8 m (26 ft) IR Control Adjustable IR intensity Day/night switch Photocell, sensitivity adjustable Electrical Power Supply 12 VDC or 24 VAC Power Draw 9W Mechanical Housing Aluminum, black Front Window Optical acrylic Mount 1/4‑inch-20 thread at bottom and rear U-Bracket Standard with 1/4‑inc
PAGE 350
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 351
Illumination | Explosion Protected Illumination | 341 EX72LED Explosionprotected Infrared Illuminator Rated NEMA 4X for both indoor and outdoor use, the EX72LED carries a T6 temperature code; the lowest and safest rating. The EX72LED is easy to install into any 12 VDC or 24 VAC system and is a safe and effective night time illumination solution for hazardous locations.
PAGE 352
342 | Illumination | Explosion Protected Illumination ATEX Ex d IIC T6 certified - Equipment or Protective System intended for use in Potentially Explosive Atmospheres; Directive 94/9/EC Operational Temperature Code T6 (At ambient operational temperature of 40ºC, the maximum unit surface temperature will not exceed 85 ºC.
PAGE 353
Illumination | Explosion Protected Illumination | 343 EX60LED Explosion Protected Infrared Illuminator • • • • • • • Grain elevators, flour mills Dry cleaning plants Pharmaceutical plants Coal and carbon processing Aircraft hangars Spray finishing areas Munitions and fuel storage facilities Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Canada CSA CSA-NRTL LR 113310 Class 9098 01 / 81 Miscellaneous - for Hazardous Locations Safety UL / CSA UL 508, Sixteenth Edition - Industrial Control Equip
PAGE 354
344 | Illumination | Explosion Protected Illumination Dimensions 128 x 191 mm (5.0 x 7.0 in) Weight 4.
PAGE 355
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 345 UHI‑OG(S)‑0 Indoor Camera Housing Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE Safety UHI-OGx acc. to EN 60950-1 (CE) acc. to UL 2044-1; CAN/CSA C 22.2 no. 1-98 Immunity acc. to EN 50130-4 (CE) Emission acc. to EN 55022 class B (CE) acc. to EN 61000-3-2 (CE); EN 61000-3-3 (CE) acc. to FCC CFR 47 Part 15, Class B Installation/Configuration Notes Features ▶ Protects camera/lens combinations up to 317 mm (12.
PAGE 356
346 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Parts Included Quantity Component 1 UHI-OG-0 Indoor Housing 1 Sunshield (UHI-OGS-0 only) Technical Specifications Electrical/Mechanical 7 Rear fitting 1 x, cable diameter 4.0 to 7.0 mm (0.16 to 0.28 in) Rear fittings 2 x, cable diameter 6.5 to 10.5 mm (0.26 to 0.42 in) Bottom feeds 2 x, cable diameter 4.0 to 7.0 mm (0.16 to 0.28 in) Window 3 mm (0.
PAGE 357
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 347 UHI‑SBG‑0 Series Indoor Housing Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Parts Included Features ▶ Economical indoor housing with mount ▶ Aluminum mount included ▶ Feed-through wiring option Quantity Component 1 Indoor housing 1 Aluminum bracket ▶ Glass fiber reinforced ABS ▶ Accommodates 1/4-inch, 1/3-inch, and 1/2-inch CCD cameras Technical Specifications Electrical Maximum Camera Power The UHI-SBG-0 Housing is smartly styled for indoor use.
PAGE 358
348 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Ordering Information UHI‑SBG‑0 Series Indoor Housing For camera/lens lengths up to 210 mm (8.2 in.) UHI-SBG-0 7 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 359
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 349 LTC 9480/00 Indoor Housing Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Dimensional Outline Features ▶ For 1/4-inch, 1/3-inch and 1/2-inch CCD Cameras Parts Included ▶ Feed-through Wiring Option Quantity Component ▶ Aluminum and Advanced Polymer Construction 1 LTC 9480/00 Indoor Housing ▶ Easy Installation ▶ Full Camera Accessibility ▶ Cost Competitive ▶ Multiple Accessories Available Technical Specifications Electrical Maximum Camera Power The LTC 9480/00 Hou
PAGE 360
350 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Environmental Salt Atmosphere MIL-STD-810E, Method 509, Procedure 1. Enclosure Protection Designed to NEMA-3R, IP55. Electromagnetic Compatibility Safety CE, UL, cUL Accessories LTC 9080/00 Tamper Resistant Kit Includes 10 screws and insertion tool to permit tamper resistance for five housings. LTC 9215/00 Feedthrough Mount Attached to the foot of the housings, allows wires to be fed-through the mount and into the foot of the housing.
PAGE 361
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 351 LTC 9369/00 Indoor Housing Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features Dimensional Outline ▶ For Fixed or Suspended Ceilings ▶ Convenient Key Lock Access ▶ Easy Installation ▶ Attractive Low Profile Styling ▶ Suitable for Use in Environmental Air Spaces ▶ Rotatable Ceiling Tile Mounting Kits Available The LTC 9369/00 is an aesthetically designed indoor ceiling housing for CCTV camera installations.
PAGE 362
352 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Technical Specifications Mechanical Maximum Camera/Lens Size: Accepts camera/lens combinations up to: 330 L x 102 W x 102 H mm (13 x4 x 4 in.). Cable Entry Wiring access available through four (two front and two back) PG13.5 (1/2 in.) conduit knockouts. Window 3.2 mm (0.13 in.) thick polycarbonate. Housing Mounting Eight protected 7 mm (0.27 in.) holes in backbox. Top of backbox contains two 6 mm (0.25 in.) knockouts for safety cable wiring.
PAGE 363
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 353 LTC 9370/00 Indoor Housing Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Dimensional Outline Features Parts Included ▶ For Fixed or Suspended Ceilings Quantity Component ▶ Convenient Key Lock Access 1 LTC 9370/00 Indoor Housing ▶ Easy Installation ▶ Attractive Low Profile Styling ▶ Suitable for Use in Environmental Air Spaces Technical Specifications ▶ Rotatable Ceiling Tile Mounting Kits Available Mechanical Maximum Camera/ Accepts camera/lens combinations up
PAGE 364
354 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Ordering Information LTC 9370/00 Indoor Housing drop ceiling mount, tamper resistant, camera/lens up to 200 mm (8 in) LTC9370/00 Accessories LTC 9070/00 Mounting Plate 600 mm x 600 mm (2 ft x 2 ft), for LTC 9370/00 LTC9070/00 LTC 9070/01 Mounting Plate 600 mm x 600 mm (2 ft x 2 ft), for LTC 9370/00 LTC9070/01 7 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 365
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 355 LTC 9365/00 Indoor Housing Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensional Outline 7 Parts Included Features ▶ Compact Design Quantity Component 1 LTC 9365/00 Indoor Housing ▶ Hinged Design and Latch for Easy Installation ▶ Scratch-resistant Window ▶ Polycarbonate Housing and Window ▶ Tamper-resistant Fasteners Technical Specifications Mechanical ▶ Lightweight Model No.
PAGE 366
356 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor TC9376H Ceiling Housing Technical Specifications Model TC9376H Ceiling housing Mechanical 7 Max Camera/Lens Size Accepts cameras with lengths up to 279 mm (11 in.); includes fully extended lens and rear cable connectors Cable Entry Access through top of housing Window 101.6 x 73.7 mm (4 x 2.9 in.
PAGE 367
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 357 TC2073 Series Maximum Security Housings Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensional Outline 1 Security fastners (2) 7 Parts Included Features ▶ For Fixed Lens Applications ▶ ABS Plastic Construction Quantitiy Component 1 TC2073 (/T) ▶ Easy Installation and Service ▶ Thick Acrylic Viewing Window Technical Specifications ▶ Adjustable Camera Bracket Models: ▶ Tamperproof The TC2073 Series are inside corner-mounted, institutional-grade housings designe
PAGE 368
358 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor LTC 9303 Series Indoor Housings Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features ▶ Rugged Cast Aluminum Construction - Equivalent to 10 Gauge Steel ▶ Corner-Mounted Installation Dimensional Outline ▶ Scratch-Resistant Polycarbonate Window ▶ Adjustable Camera Mounting System ▶ Attractive Styling Parts Included Quantity Component 1 The LTC 9303 Series are inside corner-mounted detention- grade security housings, designed for applications such as prisons, parking g
PAGE 369
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 359 Connectors Cable Entry Wiring access through a PG 21 (3/4 inch) conduit knockout located on both sides of the rear of the housing. Cable entry also available through top of the housing. Window 9.5 mm (0.37 in) thick polycarbonate treated with a scratch-resistant coating. Design allows for easy replacement. Housing Mounting Protected rear panel contains eight 10 mm (0.406 in) holes for easy installation.
PAGE 370
360 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor LTC 9305 Series Indoor Housings Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features ▶ Rugged cast aluminum construction - equivalent to 10 gauge steel ▶ Ceiling or wall mounted Installation ▶ Scratch-resistant polycarbonate window, easily replaceable Dimensional Outline ▶ Adjustable camera mounting system ▶ Attractive styling Technical Specifications Models The LTC 9305 Series are wall or ceiling mounted detention grade security housings designed for applications s
PAGE 371
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 361 Ordering Information LTC 9305/00 Indoor Housing Max. security, wall or ceiling mount, 9.5 mm (0.37 inch) view window LTC9305/00 LTC 9305/01 Indoor Housing Max. security, wall or ceiling mount, 9.5 mm (0.37 inch), view window, with key lock LTC9305/01 7 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 372
362 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor LTC 9405 Series Compact Indoor Housings Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features ▶ Rugged cast aluminum construction – equivalent to 10 gage Steel ▶ Ceiling or wall mount installation ▶ Scratch-resistant polycarbonate window ▶ Adjustable camera mounting system Dimensional Outline ▶ Compact design Parts Included The LTC 9405 Series are compact wall or ceiling mounted detention grade security housings.
PAGE 373
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 363 Mechanical Maximum Camera/ Lens Size (L x W x H) Accepts camera/lens combinations up to 190 x 68 x 68 mm (7.5 x 2.7 x 2.7 in.). Dimensions include standard connectors. A right angle BNC may be required for some cameras. Cable Entry Wiring access through one PG 21 (3/4 in.) and two PG 13.5 (1/2 in.) conduit knockouts located in the top of the housing. Open cable entry is also available through the top.
PAGE 374
364 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor LTC 9488/00 Indoor Housing Installation/Configuration Notes LTC 9488/00 Indoor Housing 7 Parts Included Features ▶ For 1/4-inch, 1/3-inch & 1/2-inch CCD Cameras Quantity Component 1 LTC 9488/00 Indoor Housing ▶ Feed-through Wiring Option ▶ Aluminum and Advanced Polymer Construction ▶ Easy Installation Technical Specifications ▶ Full Camera Accessibility Electrical ▶ Available in Multiple Sizes The LTC 9488 Series Housings are smartly styled housings f
PAGE 375
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor | 365 Environmental Salt Atmosphere MIL-STD-810E, Method 509, Procedure 1. Enclosure Protection IP65, Designed to meet NEMA-4 Electromagnetic Compatibility Safety UL, cUL, CE Accessories Sunshield Provides protection from the direct rays of sun and promotes cooling to reduce internal housing temperatures.
PAGE 376
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 377
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Domes for Fixed Cameras | 367 LTC 9348/00 Series Indoor Dome Housings Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features Dimensional Outline ▶ For fixed camera installations ▶ Plenum ceiling applications ▶ Adjustable viewing direction ▶ Tamper resistant and dustproof ▶ Concealed camera position Parts Included Quantity Component 1 LTC 9348/00 Series Indoor Housing ▶ Tinted lower dome ▶ Attractive design ▶ Easy installation This attractive domed housing accommodates 1/2
PAGE 378
368 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Domes for Fixed Cameras LTC 9312/00 and LTC 9412/00 Series Indoor Housings Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features ▶ 300 mm (12 in) dome ▶ 360° Adjustable viewing direction ▶ Suspended ceiling & pendant models ▶ Covert inner liner conceals camera position ▶ Multiple camera capacity with accessories ▶ Includes adjustable swivel camera mount Dimensional Outline The Bosch LTC 9312/00 and LTC 9412/00 are indoor, discreet, domed housings designed for fixed ca
PAGE 379
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Indoor Domes for Fixed Cameras | 369 Technical Specifications LTC 9312/00 Flush Mount 300 mm (12 in) diameter indoor flush mounted dome with fixed camera bracket, dust cover, inner liner, and tinted lower dome. Mechanical Camera/Lens Size: Maximum of 2 cameras, size 20.3 cm (8 in) length. Cable Entry Through opening located on side of dome. F/stop Loss 1 to 1.5 Mounting Mounts in suspended ceiling. Construction/Finish Acrylic dome on metal housing. Weight 7.
PAGE 380
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 381
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 371 EXPB-3W-KIT Camera and IR Illuminator Wall-mount Kit 7 Features ▶ Pan/Tilt adjustable camera housing ▶ Thick cast aluminum construction ▶ Tough 4-bolt anchor The EXPB-3W is a heavy-duty IR illuminator wall mount bracket kit complete with camera housing. It is designed for rugged outdoor applications. The thick cast aluminum construction is extremely durable and tough.
PAGE 382
372 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental Applications 7 Bracket with AEGIS UFLED mounted (illuminator is not included with bundle). Bracket with AEGIS SuperLED mounted (illuminator is not included with bundle). Technical Specifications Construction Cast aluminum Finish Black Weight 2.25 kg (5.0 lb) Ordering Information EXPB-3W-KIT Camera and IR Illuminator Wall-mount Kit Wall-mount kit including camera housing for IR Illuminators Bosch Security Systems B.V. EXPB-3W-KIT www.
PAGE 383
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 373 UHO Series Outdoor Camera Housing Flexible External 4-pin and BNC connectors for power and video, located in the rear end cap, are also available on 24 VAC and 230 VAC models. These aluminum-constructed housings are available with a factory-installed heater and blower. The heater maintains the internal temperature of the housing in cold temperature conditions as low as -40 °C (-40 °F).
PAGE 384
374 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Dimensions in mm for UHO-HGS-10, UHO‑HBGS‑10, UHO‑HGS-50, UHO‑HBGS‑50 and UHO‑HBGS‑60 housings outdoor units Dimensions in mm for all models, maximum internal usable space available (based on camera/lens size) Note Allowance is provided for wiring and connector space requirements Technical Specifications Electrical/Mechanical Rear fitting 4.0 to 7.0 mm (0.16 to 0.
PAGE 385
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 375 Dimensions Ordering Information See drawings Weight UHO-HBG-10, 3.1 kg (6.8 lb) UHO-HBG-50, 3.1 kg (6.8 lb) UHO-HPS-50 3.1 kg (6.8 lb) all others 3.2 kg (7.1 lb) Mounting UHO‑HBGS‑60 Outdoor Housing for camera/lens up to 262 mm (10.3 in.), 120 VAC, 60 Hz, heater, blower, sunshield, feed-through cabling Accessories 2 x pair of tapped holes thread 1/4-20 inner pair 50.8 mm (2.0 in) center spread outer pair 73.7 mm (2.
PAGE 386
376 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental LTC 9480 and LTC 9488 Series Housings Outdoor These sturdily constructed housings are available with a preinstalled heater or a preinstalled heater and blower. The heater maintains the internal temperature of the housing in cold temperature conditions and the heater/ blower combination minimizes fogging in high humidity locations and extends the temperature limits.
PAGE 387
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 377 Technical Specifications Cable Entry Electrical Dimensions See drawings. Weight (approx.) LTC 9480 Series:1.4 kg (3 lb) Model No. Preinstalled Heater or Heater/ Blower1) Volt / Power Camera Models with these Voltage Ratings LTC 9480/xx2 - - 24 VAC LTC 9488/xx2 - - 24 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC LTC 9488 Series:3.2 kg (7 lb) Environmental Temperature Outdoor Units Outdoor Units Salt Atmosphere MIL-STD-810E, Method 509, Procedure 1.
PAGE 388
378 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental Ordering Information LTC 9480/20 Outdoor Housing for camera/lens to 7-inch, 3-in dia, 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, heater LTC9480/20 LTC 9488/20 Outdoor Housing for camera/lens to 14-inch, 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, heater LTC9488/20 LTC 9488/21 Outdoor Housing for camera/lens to 13-inch, 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, heater, blower LTC9488/21 LTC 9488/50 Outdoor Housing for camera/lens to 14-inch, 230 VAC, 50 Hz, heater LTC9488/50 Accessories 7 LTC 9219/01 Feed-through
PAGE 389
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 379 LTC 9384 Series Housings Outdoor Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensional Outline LTC 9384 Series 7 Parts Included Features Quantity Component ▶ For 1/3-inch or 1/2-inch format CCD cameras 1 LTC 9384 Series Outdoor Housings ▶ All aluminum construction ▶ IP68, meets NEMA-6P ▶ Built-in handle for easy installation Technical Specifications ▶ Excellent protection against dust & water Electrical ▶ Built-in window heater/defogger ▶ Acces
PAGE 390
380 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental Mechanical Ordering Information Maximum Camera/Lens Size LTC 9384/xx LTC 9384/20NT 7 Accepts cameras up to 67 W x 59 H mm (2.6 x 2.3 in), lenses up to 70 W x 70 H mm (2.75 x 2.75 in), and camera/lens combinations up to 292 mm (11.5 in). Accepts cameras up to 67 W x 59 H mm (2.6 x 2.3 in), lenses up to 70 W x 70 H mm (2.75 x 2.75 in), and camera/lens combinations up to 355 mm (14.0 in). Cable Entry Three (3) liquid-tight fittings.
PAGE 391
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 381 LTC 9385 Series Housings Outdoor Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensional Outline LTC 9385 Series 7 Parts Included Quantity Component Features 1 LTC 9385 Series Outdoor Housings ▶ For 1/3-inch, 1/2-inch, or 2/3-inch format CCD cameras ▶ All aluminum construction Technical Specifications ▶ Easy installation Electrical ▶ Removable cover ▶ Built-in window heater/defogger ▶ Accessories available The LTC 9385 Series of medium-sized envi
PAGE 392
382 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental Mechanical 7 Ordering Information Maximum Camera/Lens Size Accepts cameras up to 102 W x 71 H mm (4.0 x 2.8 in), lenses up to 102 W x 92 H mm (4.0 x 3.6 in), and camera/lens combinations up to 345 Lmm (13.6 in.). Cable Entry Two (2), 1/2-in NPT and one (1) 3/8-in NPT tapped holes. Three (3) liquid-tight fittings are provided preinstalled. Accepts the following cable diameters: 3/8-in NPT fitting, 4.6 mm to 7.9 mm (0.181 in to 0.
PAGE 393
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 383 TC9346A Series Housings Indoor/Outdoor Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensional Outline TC9346A Series Housings Outdoor Features ▶ For Cameras With up to 20x Zoom Lenses ▶ All Aluminum Construction ▶ Easy Installation ▶ Built-in Elevation Block ▶ Gas Spring-assisted Forward Opening Lid ▶ Accessories Available Technical Specifications Electrical TC9346A TC9346A-1 Includes Heater/Blower, 120 VAC, 60 Hz TC9346A-2 Includes Heater/Blower, 24
PAGE 394
384 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental Ordering Information TC9346A Outdoor Housing Housing environmental heather/blower TC9346A Accessories 7 HK57‑1 Heater Assembly for TC9346A, requires O/I-PCB, 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 90 W HK57-1 HK57‑2 Heater Assembly for TC9346A, requires O/I-PCB, 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 50 W HK57-2 BK57‑1 Blower Assembly for TC9346A, requires O/I-PCB, 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 15 W BK57-1 BK57‑2 Blower Assembly for TC9346A requires O/I-PCB, 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 W BK57-2 WW
PAGE 395
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Outdoor Environmental | 385 HAC‑IPCCC Camera Cooling Case Parts Included Quantity Components 1 HAC-IPCCC Camera Cooling Case 1 Spring washer and screw Technical Specifications Mechanical Dimensions (H x W x D) 93 x 72.8 x 33.4 mm (3.66 x 2.87 x 1.3 in) Weight 0.2 kg (0.
PAGE 396
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 397
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 387 TC9200 Series Indoor Camera Mounts Featuring threaded extensions, this unit can be configured to three different lengths and is easily installed with the included mounting hardware. This unit can be used with many model CCD cameras. Installation/Configuration Notes Features ▶ Sturdy Construction TC9208 Indoor Camera Mount ▶ Attractive Appearance Maximum Load 4 kg (8.
PAGE 398
388 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets T-Bar Ceiling Clip Included with TC9210U Solid Wall/Ceiling Mount. 7 TC9210U Indoor Camera Mount Maximum Load 4.5 kg (10 lb) Mounting Head Adjustable 360º pan, 180º tilt Finish Off-white semi-gloss acrylic Weight: With Wall/Ceiling Flange 291 g (0.64 lb) With T-Bar Clip 245 g (0.54 lb) Ordering Information TC9208 Indoor Camera Mount general purpose mount, for 8-inch, 4 kg (8.
PAGE 399
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 389 LTC 9210, LTC 9212, LTC 9213, and LTC 9223 Indoor/Outdoor Mounting Equipment mounting of a camera or housing. The adjustable head employs hex head screws, friction washers, and three (3) mounting holes for easy installation. The LTC 9213/01 is a pole mount adaptor bracket, which facilitates mounting of the LTC 9212/00 mount and LTC 9215 Series Feed-through mounts, to a 3- to 15-inch diameter pole.
PAGE 400
390 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets LTC 9213/01 Pole Mount Adapter Technical Specifications LTC 9210/00, LTC 9212/00, LTC 9223/00, LTC 9213/01 7 Indoor/Outdoor Mounts Maximum Load 9 kg (20 lb) Mounting Head Adjustable 360° pan, 180° tilt (N/A for LTC 9213/01) Finish Light gray LTC 9210/00 20-mm (8-inch) Column Mount LTC 9223/00 610-mm (24-inch) Column Mount Approx.Weights LTC 9210/00 300 g (0.6 lb) LTC 9223/00 544 g (1.
PAGE 401
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 391 LTC 9210/01, LTC 9215/00 (S), LTC 9219/01, and LTC 9223/01 Indoor/ Outdoor Mounts Installation/Configuration Notes LTC 9210/01 and LTC 9223/01Column Mount 7 Features ▶ Feed-through Design for Cable Management ▶ Maximum Load: 9 kg (20 lb) ▶ 360° Rotation, 180° Tilt ▶ Versatile Design ▶ Adjustable Mount Heads LTC 9219/01 Feed-through J-Mount ▶ Lightweight ▶ Corrosion-resistant Finish The LTC 9210/01, LTC 9215/00, LTC 9215/00S, LT
PAGE 402
392 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets LTC 9223/01 610 mm (24 in) Indoor Outdoor Column Mount Maximum Load 9 kg (20 lb) Mounting Head Adjustable 360° pan, 180° tilt Finish Light gray Approx. Weight 0.544 kg (1.2 lb) Warning Mounts must be mounted as shown.
PAGE 403
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 393 LTC 921x, LTC 922x Versatile Mounts The LTC 9222/00 is a 564 mm (22 in) wall mount, designed for heavy duty cameras installations. The LTC 9227/00 is an adjustable head bracket, designed for medium and heavy duty fixed camera installations. This easy-to-assemble bracket includes stainless steel assembly hardware and neoprene washers. The LTC 9227/00 can be used with all mounts in this series.
PAGE 404
394 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets LTC 9222/00 22-inch Wall Mount LTC 9216/00 14-inch Column Mount 7 1 See detail A for Top view of mounting pattern 2 See detail B 1 See detail A for top view of mounting pattern 2 See detail B Detail A – LTC 9216/00 and LTC 9222/00 Bolt Circle Pattern 1 Mounting Bolt Circles 2 Bolt Squares LTC9224/00 16-inch Wall Mount 1 Bolt circle same as wall mount 2 1/4 –20 Top and Bottom 3 Side view Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 405
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 395 LTC 9228/00 Flange Bracket Mount 7 Detail B – LTC 9216 and LTC 9222/00 Wall Mount LTC 9225/00 Pole Mount LTC 9227/00 Adjustable Head Mount 1 Top view 2 Side view 3 Bottom view 4 Tilt adjust www.boschsecurity.com LTC 9226/00 Corner Bracket Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 406
396 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets Technical Specifications LTC 9226/00 Corner Bracket LTC 9214/00 356 mm (14 inch) and LTC 9224/00 610 mm (24 inch) Maximum Rated Load 45.3 kg (100 lb) Mounting Hardware Not furnished Finish Light gray Weight 2.9 kg (6.5 lb) Column Mounts Maximum Rated Load Upright 90.6 kg (200 lb) Inverted 45.3 kg (100 lb) Mounting Hardware Not furnished Finish Light gray Weight LTC 9214/00 2.3 kg (5.1 lb) LTC 9224/00 3.3 kg (7.
PAGE 407
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 397 MTC‑G1001 and MTC‑S1001 Indoor Camera Mounts panned through 360° pan and tilted 180°, they offer maximum adjustment flexibility. The Camera Mounts are available in 5-pack boxes for customer convenience.
PAGE 408
398 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets EXMB.002 Ceiling and Pedestal Bracket 7 This heavy duty bracket is designed to fit small enclosures as a ceiling bracket or (inverted) as a pedestal bracket. Its double-bolted pan/tilt head ensures anchorage under vibration loads. The pan-adjust bolt on the underside can also be used to hang infrared illuminators. Technical Specifications Material 3/8 in thick aluminum Coating Black (Standard), White (Optional) Weight 0.
PAGE 409
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 399 EXMB.007 Heavy Duty Wall Bracket 7 A versatile heavy-duty wall bracket with a dual pin flat plate housing platform has bolt hole arrangements to suit many Extreme CCTV camera housing models. The flat plate is also tilt adjustable with two bolts for secure positioning and single bolt for easy pan positioning. An extra screw slot with bolts allows easy integration with Extreme CCTV illuminators such as the UFLED and SuperLED. EXMB.
PAGE 410
400 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets EXMB.015 Pole Mount Adapter Bracket Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions 7 A versatile pole mount adaptor that allows for easy installation of several wall bracket models. Thick aluminum plate construction is powder coated black. Two stainless steel gear straps are provided for poles up to 203 mm (8 in) in diameter. Additional straps can be used for installations on larger poles. Functions Compatible Brackets • EXMB.
PAGE 411
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 401 EXMB.017 Wall Mount Adapter Bracket Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions 7 A versatile wall mount adaptor that allows for easy installation of several wall bracket models. Thick aluminum plate construction is powder coated black. Functions Compatible Brackets • EXMB.020 Heavy duty L- Bracket • EXMB.023 Wall bracket • EXMB.028 Heavy Duty Wall Bracket • EXMB.
PAGE 412
402 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets EXMB.020 L-bracket Technical Specifications Material 3/8 in thick aluminum Coating Black (Standard) White (Optional) Weight 0.55 kg (1.2 lbs) Maximum Load 11.4 kg (25 lbs) Ordering Information EXMB.020W L-Bracket L-Bracket Only, Heavy Duty, white EXMB.
PAGE 413
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 403 EXMB.029 Ceiling Mount Brackets Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions 7 Features ▶ Made of thick cast aluminum ▶ Pan/tilt adjustable camera platform ▶ Designed for secure ceiling mount applications ▶ Lightweight design Technical Specifications Ceiling mount bracket designed for ceiling mount applications.
PAGE 414
404 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets EXMB.028 Cable Managed Wall Bracket 7 Installation/Configuration Notes Technical Specifications Features ▶ Made with thick cast aluminum ▶ Pan/Tilt adjustable camera platform Construction Cast aluminum Finish Black or White Weight 0.45 kg (1.0 lb) ▶ Tough 4-bolt anchorage ▶ Light weight design weighing 0.45 kg (1.0 lbs) Ordering Information A heavy-duty wall bracket designed for rugged outdoor applications.
PAGE 415
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 405 EXMB.023 Wall Bracket 7 A tough die-cast aluminum wall bracket with a sturdy 4bolt base is designed for installation with the EX26 and EX27 camera and LED infrared products Technical Specifications Material Aluminum Coating Black (standard), White (optional) Weight 0.68 kg (1.5 lb) Maximum Load 9.1 kg (20 lb) on tilt-head Ordering Information EXMB.023B Wall Bracket Wall Bracket, Black www.boschsecurity.com EXMB.
PAGE 416
406 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets EXMB.045 Dome Pendant Bracket EXMB.045WZ dimensions Technical Specifications Material Cast Aluminum Coating Powder coated, black or silver Weight (EXMB.045S/EXMB.045B) 1.13 kg (2.5 lb) Features Weight (EXMB.045WZ) 1.6 kg (3.
PAGE 417
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 407 EXMB.061 Pole Top Bracket Installation/Configuration Notes Dimensions 7 The EXMB.061 is a 4-inch PCD pole top bracket for a variety of CCTV Integrated Day/Night and license plate capture cameras. The EXMB.061 has an innovative symmetrical design to help ensure balanced weight distribution. Robust stainless steel design provides hassle-free durability even through years of extreme weather abuse.
PAGE 418
408 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets BRKU10 U-type Bracket WZMB.001 Gang Box Adapter Plate 7 Installation/Configuration Notes The WZMB.001 is an innovative adapter plate that enables the WZ18 or WZ20 to be mounted onto a circular gang box. It is suitable for harsh outdoor environments. Matching standard circular electric fittings, the WZMB.001 has a diameter of 115.5 mm (4.5 in). The WZMB.
PAGE 419
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Camera Mounts and Mounting Brackets | 409 Ordering Information WZMB.001 Gang Box Adapter Plate Gang box adapter plate for WZ18 and WZ20 WZMB.001 7 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 420
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 421
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads | 411 LTC 9418 Series Outdoor Pan/Tilts Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features ▶ Maximum Load: 10 kg (22 lb) ▶ Low Profile, Compact Size ▶ Corrosion Resistant Hardware ▶ 100% Duty Cycle Motors ▶ Upright or Inverted Operation The LTC 9418 Series Weatherproof Outdoor Pan/Tilts are low profile, compact units constructed with corrosion resistant hardware.
PAGE 422
412 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads Ordering Information Recommended Maximum Cable Lengths: Model Wire Size Voltage2) 24 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 7 Distance mm2) AWG Feet Meters 0.5 20 140 43 1 18 230 70 1.5 16 360 110 2.5 14 590 180 4 12 940 287 0.5 20 2200 671 1 18 3500 1067 1.5 16 5500 1677 2.5 14 9000 2744 0.5 20 13400 4085 1 18 21200 6463 1.5 16 33300 10152 2.
PAGE 423
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads | 413 LTC 9420 Series Outdoor Pan/Tilts Installation/Configuration Notes 7 Features ▶ Maximum Load: 10 kg (22 lb) ▶ Low Profile, Compact Size ▶ Feed-through Wiring ▶ 100% Duty Cycle Motors ▶ Upright or Inverted Operation ▶ Pre-position and 345° Models Available Dimensional Outline The LTC 9420 Series Weatherproof Pan/Tilts are low profile, compact units constructed with corrosion resistant hardware.
PAGE 424
414 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads Model No.1) Rated Motor Voltage Operational Voltage Range LTC9420/11 24 VAC, 50 Hz 21.6 to 26.4 VAC LTC9420/51 220 VAC, 50 Hz 207 to 253 VAC Connectors: See Dimensional Outline Weight 6.67 kg (14.
PAGE 425
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads | 415 Ordering Information LTC 9420/61 Weatherproof Pre-position Pan/Tilts Max. load 10 kg, 120 VAC, 60 Hz, feedthrough wiring LTC 9420/61 Accessories LTC 9214/00 Versatile Mount for 14-inch, 90.6 kg (200 lb) max load upright, light gray finish LTC 9214/00 LTC 9224/00 Versatile Mount for 24-inch, 90.6 kg (200 lb) max load upright, light gray finish LTC 9224/00 LTC 9216/00 Versatile Mount for 16-inch, 45.
PAGE 426
416 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads LTC 9440 Series Weatherproof Outdoor Pan/Tilts 7 Installation/Configuration Notes Top View Features ▶ Maximum load - 18 kg (40 lb) ▶ Low profile, compact size ▶ Feed-through wiring models ▶ 100% Duty cycle motors ▶ Upright or inverted operation ▶ Pre-position models available The LTC 9440 Series Weatherproof Pan/Tilts are low profile, compact units constructed with corrosionresistant hardware.
PAGE 427
Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads | 417 Recommended Maximum Cable Lengths Reference # Description 1 Ground screw (on other side of multi-pin connector) 1 18 3500 1067 2 Multi-pin connector 1.5 16 5500 1677 3 BNC connector 2.5 14 9000 2744 3 Values calculated at 20°C (68°F), using stranded tinned copper wire common ground (neutral), and with both PAN and TILT motors operating simultaneously.
PAGE 428
418 | Camera Enclosures and Mounts | Pan and Tilt Heads Ordering Information LTC 9441/21 Weatherproof Pre-position Pan/Tilts Max.
PAGE 429
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 419 LTC 8x00/90 Integrated Series Allegiant Matrix/ Control Systems Any of the sequences can utilize the SalvoSwitching capability where any number of system monitors may be selected to switch as a group. Using the optional LTC 8059/00 Master Control Software package or the LTC 8850/00 Graphical User Interface software package, sequences can be made to activate and deactivate automatically based upon the time of day and the day of week.
PAGE 430
420 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems parameters, program camera sequences, install lockouts, and access the advanced alarm handling screens with speed and efficiency. The programmed information may then be transferred into the Allegiant system, stored on disk, or printed out directly from a printer connected to the PC. Installation/Configuration Notes The LTC 8850/00 Bosch GUI software is designed around an intuitive graphic-based interface.
PAGE 431
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 421 8 LTC 8300 Series Full Capacity Configuration Diagram (32 Cameras by 6 Monitors) 1 Typical AutoDome Camera 2 Video Coax 3 Twisted-Pair Typical 4 32 Separate Alarm Inputs 5 Contact Closure or Active Low Logic Level 6 Six (6) Pairs of Relay Outputs 7 Pan and Tilt 8 Receiver/Driver 9 Up to 32 Receiver/Driver Units Typical Main Allegiant Control Center 1 Typical System Monitors (Local and/or Remote Video) 2 Video 3 Typical Fixe
PAGE 432
422 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8100, LTC 8200, LTC 8300 Series Bay Technical Specifications Electrical System Capacities Voltage Range Nominal Power2 LTC 8100/90 108 to 253 VAC, 50/60 Hz 15 W LTC 8200/90 108 to 253 VAC, 50/60 Hz 17 W LTC 8300/90 108 to 253 VAC, 50/60 Hz 18 W Model No.
PAGE 433
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 423 Accessories The Allegiant accessory products provide many optional features to the base Allegiant switching systems. Accessory products include keyboards, keyboard extension kits, Allegiant Bilinx Data Interface unit, receiver/driver units, switcher/followers, and code merger units. All accessory products are designed to be installer-friendly and compatible throughout the Allegiant series systems. See the Allegiant Accessories datasheet.
PAGE 434
424 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8500 Series Allegiant Matrix/Control Systems Modular Control Software package or LTC 8850/00 GUI Allegiant Server, sequences can be made to activate and deactivate automatically based upon the time of day and the day of week. Camera Control On-site receiver/drivers permit operator control of pan, tilt, zoom, multiple pre-positions, four auxiliaries, autopan, and random scan. An integral local test function is also a standard feature.
PAGE 435
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 425 Programming/Software Capabilities The LTC 8500 Series includes a 48-character on-screen display for time-date, camera number, camera ID (16 characters), an icon to identify controllable cameras, and monitor (12 characters) or status information. Over 250 characters are available when programming camera ID and monitor titles.
PAGE 436
426 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Satellite System Using LTC 5112- or LTC 5124-Series Switchers 8 LTC 8500 Series Full Capacity Configuration Diagram 1 64 Separate Alarm Inputs 2 Video Coax 3 Up to 64 On-Site LTC 8561 Receiver/Driver Units 4 Up to 1.5 km (5000 ft) using 18 AWG shielded twisted pair cable (Belden 8760 or equiv.
PAGE 437
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 427 External Accessory Interfaces Technical Specifications 9-pin D-type Connectors Capacities Video Inputs Standard: 64 Satellite configuration: 256 Video Outputs 8 Keyboards 8 Alarm Inputs 128 Receiver Drivers Standard: 64 Satellite configuration: 256 Electrical Video Bandwidth (-3 dB) 8 MHz typical Differential Gain 3% maximum Differential Phase 3° maximum K Factor 0.
PAGE 438
428 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Ordering Information LTC 8501/50 Allegiant Matrix Switcher up to 64 camera inputs, 8 monitor outputs, incl.
PAGE 439
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 429 LTC 8600 Series Allegiant Matrix/Control Systems Modular Sequencing Capabilities These systems can be programmed with up to 60 sequences which can be run independently of each other in either a forward or reverse direction. Any of the sequences can utilize the SalvoSwitching capability where any number of system monitors may be selected to switch as a group.
PAGE 440
430 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Programming/Software Capabilities The LTC 8600 Series includes a black outlined 48character on-screen display for time-date, camera number, camera ID (16-characters), an icon to identify controllable cameras, and monitor (12-characters) or status information. A user selectable option provides the ability to display a third line of on-screen text.
PAGE 441
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 431 Technical Specifications LTC 8600 Series System Specifications Capacities Video Inputs Standard: 128 Satellite configuration: 1024 Video Outputs 16 • • Keyboards 16 Alarm Inputs 512 Receiver/Drivers Standard: 128 Satellite configuration: 1024 Electrical Allegiant Satellite Switching System Video Bandwidth (-3 dB) 12 MHz typical Differential Gain 1% maximum Differential Phase 2° maximum K Factor 0.
PAGE 442
432 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Video Connections 97 to 128 Looping Video Connections 1-128 Two (2), 34-pin ribbon connectors used in conjunction with the LTC 8808/00 video interconnect panel LTC 8834/00 Monitor Output Module Monitor Outputs 4 Eight (8), 34-pin ribbon connectors used in conjunction with the LTC 8808/00 video interconnect panel Size (D x H) 300 x 250 mm (11.8 x 9.8 in.) Weight 0.41 kg (0.
PAGE 443
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 433 Ordering Information Software Options SFT-VASA Hybrid IP - Analog/Matrix Video over IP Integration Software SFT-VASA LTC 8059/00 Allegiant Master Control Software LTC 8059/00 8 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 444
434 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8800 Series Allegiant Matrix/Control Systems Modular Sequencing Capabilities These systems can be programmed with up to 60 sequences which can be run independently of each other in either a forward or reverse direction. Any of the sequences can utilize the SalvoSwitching capability, where any number of system monitors may be selected to switch as a group.
PAGE 445
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 435 System operation and programming is accomplished using a full-function, ergonomically designed keyboard. Up to 32 keyboards may be used in the system. Built-in operator priority levels and the ability to restrict certain operators from controlling designated functions provide maximum flexibility.
PAGE 446
436 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems 7 Power Supply Module 8 Series Main CPU Bay 9 3 m (10 ft) Interconnect Cable Supplied with Keyboard 10 32 Monitor Output Capacity 11 32 Full Matrix Monitor Outputs Maximum, 32 Full Function Keyboards Maximum Allegiant Satellite Switching System 8 LTC 8800 Series Dual-bay System (256 Cameras by 64 Monitors) 1 Coax Ribbon Jumper Cables (Supplied) 2 Up to 256 Cameras Total 3 8 x 32 Channel Input Cards (max.
PAGE 447
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 437 Technical Specifications Transient Protection (VIM Cards) LTC 8800 Series System Specifications 350 W Peak Pulse Power (tp = 8/20 µs 1 Meets EIA/TIA - 250C Medium Haul Standard for 256 cameras x 32 monitors. Capacities 2 One camera to one monitor.
PAGE 448
438 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Equipment Rack (LTC 8801) Equipment Rack (LTC 8802 Series) Size (W x D x H) EIA 48 cm (19 in.) rack 483 x 420 x 267 mm (19 x 16.5 x 10.5 in.) Size (W x D x H) EIA 48 cm (19 in.) rack, 483 x 420 x 267 mm (19 x 16.5 x 10.5 in.) Weight 11.1 kg (24.5 lb) Weight 11.1 kg (24.
PAGE 449
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 439 129 to 160 2 7 161 to 196 3 9 197 to 224 4 11 225 to 256 5 13 Finish Charcoal Size (W x D x H) EIA 48 cm (19 in.) rack, 483 x 42 x 44 mm (19 x 1.65 x 1.75 in.) Weight Panel 0.54 kg (1.2 lb) Ribbon Cables (2) 0.3 kg (0.7 lb) Allegiant Accessories The LTC 8800 Series accessory products provide many optional features to the base Allegiant switching systems.
PAGE 450
440 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8900 Series Allegiant Matrix/Control Systems Modular Functions General Construction The LTC 8900 Series provides versatile modular construction accommodating up to 4096 camera inputs, 512 monitor outputs, 120 keyboards, 1024 alarm points, and a computer interface port. The robust design utilizes a separate CPU bay with its own power supply.
PAGE 451
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 441 Macro Capabilities Expansion Capabilities The LTC 8900 system provides powerful macro capabilities. Macros can be activated using Allegiant Series system keyboards, timed event functions, and alarm activations. The LTC 8900 Series can serve as the Master or Slave Alarm Capabilities The LTC 8540/00 alarm interface unit allows external contact closure or logic level input to automatically display cameras on a monitor or group of monitors.
PAGE 452
442 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems 7 Monitors 8 Keyboards 9 User PC 8 Typical Diagram of LTC 8901 Series Redundant System Configuration (1024 Cameras by 256 Monitors) Typical Diagram of LTC 8901 Series Redundant System Configuration (256 Cameras by 128 Monitors) 1 PC Running Configuration, Redundancy, and Data Mirroring Software 2 Main CPU Bay 3 Cameras 1 Main CPU Bay 4 LAN Switchers 2 LAN Data Lines 5 Video Panels 3 LTC 8809 Cables 6 Coax Ribbon Cables 4
PAGE 453
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 443 Allegiant Satellite Switching System Typical Diagram of LTC 8901 Series Redundant System Configuration (4096 Cameras by 512 Monitors) 1 PC Running Configuration Software 2 Main Power Supply 3 Main CPU Module 4 Backup CPU Module 5 Backup Power Supply 6 Cameras 7 Video Panels 8 Main CPU Bay 9 LAN Switches 10 Coax Ribbon Cables 11 To Monitors 12 Up to 512 System Monitors 13 UP to 120 System Keyboards (Using LTC 8714 and LTC 8715 Se
PAGE 454
444 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Technical Specifications DC Output 0V LTC 8900 Series System Specifications Transient Protection (VIM Cards) 350 W Peak Pulse Power (tp = 8/20 µs Capacities 1 Meets EIA/TIA - 250C Medium Haul Standard for 1024 cameras x 64 monitors.
PAGE 455
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 445 Power Supply (One-LTC 8905/90) Relay Module (LTC 8917/00) Relay Module (LTC 8917/00) Dimensions (D x H) Front Panel Indicators Dimensions (D x H) 300 x 250 mm (11.8 x 9.8 in.) Front Panel Indicators Power, CPU activity LTC 8901 Series CPU Equipment Bay The LTC 8901/60 and LTC 8901/50 include the equipment rack, dual LTC 8910/01 microprocessor modules, dual LTC 8905/90 power supplies, and one LTC 8917/00 relay module. Electrical Model No.
PAGE 456
446 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems 8 Components Components Equipment Rack Equipment Rack Dimensions (W x D x H) EIA 48 cm (19 in.) rack, 483 x 420 x 267 mm (19 x 16.5 x 10.5 in.) Dimensions (W x D x H) EIA 48 cm (19 in.) rack, 483 x 420 x 267 mm (19 x 16.5 x 10.5 in.) Weight 11.1 kg (24.5 lb) Weight 11.1 kg (24.
PAGE 457
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 447 LTC 8808/00 Video Interconnect Panel Ordering Information The LTC 8808/00 assembly contains an interconnect panel which is used to convert 32 BNC connectors into two 16-channel ribbon cable connectors. The two (2) coaxial ribbon cables (LTC 8809/00), designed especially for use with video signals, and are then used to interconnect the video between the panel and the LTC 8900 system.
PAGE 458
448 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems IntuiKey Series Keyboards The IntuiKey accepts both the standard Allegiant RS-485 Keyboard protocol and the Allegiant RS-232 protocol. The Allegiant RS-232 Keyboard protocol is well suited when communicating to a remote KBD-Universal over an IP network. The IntuiKey can also operate in a Terminal mode using a special RS-232 protocol.
PAGE 459
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 449 Technical Specifications Optional Software Electrical IntuiKey Script Applica- The IntuiKey Script Application is a PC-based tion (ISA) software program used to customize the macro buttons in the Command Script menu screens of the KBD-Universal model keyboard. Command Script macro functions are applicable when the keyboard is connected to an Allegiant series matrix switcher.
PAGE 460
450 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8560 Series Singlechannel On-site Receiver/ Drivers Additional features include a full operating temperature range, an integral local test function, a unique dither feature, polarity reversible lens drive, convenient thumbwheel selectable camera addressing, and a NEMA-4X, IP66 rated environmental enclosure with lockable latches.
PAGE 461
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 451 Environmental Temperature • Operating –40°C to 60°C (–40°F to 140°F) • Storage –40°C to 70°C (–40°F to 158°F) Humidity 0% to 95% relative, non-condensing Vibration 3 g swept sine wave, 15 Hz to 2000 Hz Shock 50 g, 11 ms, ½ sine Enclosure Protection NEMA-4X, IP66 Ordering Information LTC 8560/50 Single-channel On-site Receiver/Driver 230 VAC pan/tilt voltage, 230 VAC power supply, no auxiliary, 50°Hz LTC 8560/50 LTC 8560/60 Single-
PAGE 462
452 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8561, LTC 8564/20, LTC 8566 Series Singlechannel On-site Receiver/ Drivers through contacts (normally open or normally closed) to control lights or other devices at the remote site. Auxiliary supply terminals provide power which is fuse-protected at the voltage of the pan/tilt output.
PAGE 463
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 453 Table is based on a nominal 24 VAC source with a 10% drop in voltage due to cable loss.
PAGE 464
454 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8780 Series Data Converter Units Certifications and Approvals Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Complies with FCC Part 15, ICES-003, and CE regulations Product Safety Complies with CE regulations, UL, CSA, EN, and IEC Standards Installation/Configuration Notes 8 Features ▶ Designed for various applications utilizing Allegiant Series Switchers ▶ Converts Allegiant Bi-Phase control code to RS-232 and RS-232 to Bi-Phase Code Conversion
PAGE 465
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 455 17 Up to 1.5 km (5000 ft) Using 1 mm2 (18 AWG) Shielded Twisted Pair (Belden 8760 or Equivalent) 18 Allegiant Matrix System or the Output of a Controller/Follower 19 Allegiant Matrix System or the Output of a Controller/Follower Generating Control Code 20 Up to 1.
PAGE 466
456 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Height One (1) standard rack unit Width One (1) standard rack unit Ordering Information LTC 8780/50 Data Converter Unit Allegiant biphase control code to RS-232, 230 VAC, 50 Hz LTC 8780/50 LTC 8780/60 Data Converter Unit Allegiant Biphase control code to RS-232, 115 VAC, 60 Hz LTC 8780/60 Accessories LTC 9101/00 Rack Kit Rack kit for up to two half rack products, with blank, 1.75-inch high LTC 9101/00 8 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.
PAGE 467
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 457 LTC 8786 Series RS-232 to Biphase Converter Certifications and Approvals Agency Certifications EMC Immunity EN50130-4 EMC Emission EN55022-1, FCC Part 15, Class A Safety Converter CE, LVD 73/23/EEC Power Supply Adapter CE, UL, CSA, TUV Installation/Configuration Notes Features ▶ For use with PC or other devices running usersupplied video controller software 8 ▶ Provides up to 16 Bi-Phase control code outputs ▶ Each output operates up t
PAGE 468
458 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Mechanical Case Black plastic with metal mounting flanges Dimensions (Overall) (W x D x H) 154 x 132 x 38 mm (6.08 x 5.25 x 1.5 in.) Weight 0.132 kg (0.
PAGE 469
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 459 LTC 8016/90 Allegiant Bilinx Data Interface With Bilinx technology, installation costs are reduced because no additional data communication cabling to the camera site is required. Installation time is also reduced; once the cameras and data cable to the LTC 8016 are connected, and its group ID number is set, all other internal settings are configured automatically.
PAGE 470
460 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Bilinx Video Signal Presence One (1) green LED for each of 16 channels Ethernet Port Green LED indicates link; Yellow LED indicates activity Rear Panel Controls Group ID Three (3) rotary switches Rear Panel Connectors Bilinx Video Inputs Video Outputs Bi-Phase Data Interface 8 16 BNC connectors; accepts standard NTSC/PAL baseband composite video signals or video signals from Bilinx-capable cameras; 0.5–1.
PAGE 471
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 461 LTC 8782 Series Code Translator Model No.1 Manufacturer’s Protocol LTC 8782/x0-03 Sensormatic–RS-422 LTC 8782/x0-01 Vicon–RS-422 1. x = 6 for 120 VAC and 5 for 230 VAC “Others” to Biphase Code Model No.
PAGE 472
462 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems • • Offset the Biphase addresses to one of eight (8) Diamond Electronics address blocks that support up to 255 cameras each. In large systems, 8 translators can be used to support up to 2,048 cameras. Default iris mode can be set to either Auto or Manual. LTC 8782/x0-11–Bosch Biphase to Javelin RS-232 The LTC 8782/x0-11 is a Biphase to Javelin code translator to permit control of Javelin receivers from Biphase controllers.
PAGE 473
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 463 LTC 8782/x0-25–Diamond Electronics RS-422 to Bosch Biphase The LTC 8782/x0-25 is a Diamond Electronics to Biphase code translator to permit control of Biphase receivers from Diamond Electronics controllers. It receives Diamond Electronics RS-422 code and transmits the appropriate commands in Biphase protocol. The translator can be programmed by internal switches to generate either fixed or variable speed Biphase code.
PAGE 474
464 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Translator Model Number Voltage Range @ Specified Current LTC 8782/x0-01 9–18 VAC/VDC @ 300 ma LTC 8782/x0-03 LTC 8782/x0-04 LTC 8782/x0-05 LTC 8782/x0-10 LTC 8782/x0-11 LTC 8782/x0-12 LTC 8782/x0-13 LTC 8782/x0-14 LTC 8782/x0-02 12–18 VAC/VDC @ 150 ma LTC 8782/x0-21 LTC 8782/x0-22 LTC 8782/x0-24 Typical “Others” to Biphase Configuration 8 LTC 8782/x0-25 LTC 8782/x0-30 # Description 1 “Others”Controller 2 “Others” Code Distribution U
PAGE 475
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 465 Ordering Information Ordering Information LTC 8782/50-05 Code Translator Biphase to Diamond RS-422 translator, 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz LTC 8782/50-05 LTC 8782/60‑12 Code Translator Biphase to RCL translator, 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz LTC 8782/60-12 LTC 8782/50‑10 Code Translator Biphase to Pelco RS422 code translator, 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz LTC 8782/50-10 LTC 8782/60‑13 Code Translator Biphase to Panasonic RS-485 translator, 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz LTC 8782/60-13
PAGE 476
466 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Accessory Packages for the Allegiant 8 The Allegiant accessory products provide many optional features to the base Allegiant Video Switcher/Control System. Various accessory products are available, including operator keyboards, code distribution units, data converters, receiver/drivers, and various port expanders. Where applicable, all accessory products are designed to be compatible throughout the Allegiant systems. Model No.
PAGE 477
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 467 Mechanical LTC 8555 Series Keyboards The LTC 8555 Series are compact, full function keyboards for use with Allegiant Series matrix switchers. LED readouts display real time system status information. Includes variable speed joystick and zoom lens controls for operating fixed or variable speed pan/tilt/zoom equipped cameras.
PAGE 478
468 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Electrical Operating Voltage 12 VAC or 12 VDC (12 VAC is supplied by main CPU bay) Power 8W Indicators Power LED Alarm LED; audible tone Connectors Alarm Inputs Sixty-four (64); twenty 6-contact removable screw terminal blocks Alarm Outputs Eight (8) relay outputs (100 VDC, 0.5 A, 10 W); four (4), 6-contact removable screw terminal block.
PAGE 479
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 469 mode. Each LTC 8770 unit provides 24 individually isolated relays for connecting to external devices. In addition, six functional operating modes are available, including one user activated test mode. Model No. Rated Voltage Outputs Four (4), 9-pin Sub D connectors for RS-232 interface to up to four external devices AC Input 3-wire power cord with grounded plug; 1.8 m (6 ft) long Electrical Mechanical Model No.
PAGE 480
470 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8715 Series Connectors Mechanical Construction/ Finish Steel chassis with sheet metal cover and plastic bezel. Charcoal colored case. Dimensions (W x D x H) 223 x 280 x 40 mm (8.77 x 11 x 1.59 in.) Weight 1.9 kg (4.
PAGE 481
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 471 LTC 8785 Series Code Converters LTC 8016/90 Bilinx™ Data Interface Unit LTC 8785 Series units are designed for use in very old Allegiant systems that have been upgraded to support ‘variable speed’ control code protocol. The LTC 8785 units are used to provide a source of 'fixed speed' control code when the system is generating the new ‘variable speed’ control code preferred by the AutoDome series of PTZ cameras.
PAGE 482
472 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems LTC 8807/00 Video Interconnect Panel The LTC 8807/00 Video Interconnect Panel is identical to the LTC 8808/00 described above, except that it does not include the two video ribbon cables. This video interconnect panel is intended for use with products that are supplied with video ribbon cables, such as the LTC 8016/90 Bilinx Data Interface unit.
PAGE 483
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 473 Ordering Information LTC 8714/50 Keyboard Port Expander for up to 8 Allegiant keyboards, half rack 230 VAC, 50 Hz LTC 8714/50 LTC 8714/60 Keyboard Port Expander for up to 8 Allegiant keyboards, half rack, 115 VAC, 60 Hz LTC 8714/60 LTC 8715/50 Port Expander for multiple LTC 8714/50 units, 230 VAC, 50 Hz LTC 8715/50 LTC 8715/60 Port Expander for multiple LTC 8714/60 units, half rack, 115 VAC, 60 Hz LTC 8715/60 LTC 8785/50 Data Converter Uni
PAGE 484
474 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems The MCS is compatible with all current versions of the Allegiant Series Video Switcher/Control systems. Typically, the MCS communicates with the Allegiant system through a direct RS-232 interface, but it is also possible to install the MCS on a remote PC connected across a Windows based network. Earlier versions of Allegiant systems may be upgraded to be compatible with the MCS by the installation of current hardware or software upgrades.
PAGE 485
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 475 LTC 8850 Series Allegiant Software Packages quick association of the icon with a hardware device. The capability to select the icon's color and configuration options using an extensive icon library is provided in these menus. The installer may also drag and drop configured devices directly from tables provided in the Allegiant software module.
PAGE 486
476 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems The system also supports live in-window control of pan/ tilt/zoom functions when combined with the video digitizer card listed below; see Note under PC Platform. This InWinPTZ feature allows P/T equipped cameras to be controlled by dragging the mouse pointer in the direction of the desired movement within the on-screen video window.
PAGE 487
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 477 Ordering Information LTC 8850/00 GUI Allegiant Single User Software Package Complete with Allegiant and VCR server.
PAGE 488
478 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems The server is programmed to recognize events as they occur on each system, based on one of the methods above, and then react to those events by sending commands to another system. Programming takes place in the form of Rules. Rules are easy to understand clauses, written by the installer, and stored in the program. Rules can be as simple as a single reaction to a single event.
PAGE 489
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 479 SFT‑VASA Hybrid IP Analog Matrix/Video over IP Integration Software VASA reflects the reality that thousands of Allegiant users are satisfied and very comfortable with their existing analog-based matrix switcher and associated CCTV keyboards and monitors.
PAGE 490
480 | Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems Installation/Configuration Notes 8 Virtual Allegiant Satellite Application System Technical Specifications Compatibility System Allegiant Matrix Switchers Format Software supplied on CD-ROM, software security provided via USB port security key Part Number SFT-INTSRV Includes CD, User Manual, USB Security Dongle, RS-232 cable (Bosch Security Systems Part #S1385), and Software License Agreement Recommended System Requirements PC Platform
PAGE 491
Switching and Control | Switching and Control Systems | 481 LTC 8943/93SSD Environmental Temperature • Operating 0°C to +70°C Commercial -40°C to +85°C Industrial • Storage -40°C to +100°C Humidity 8% to 95% relative, non-condensing Shock 1,500 G Vibration 15 g MTBF >4 million hours Compatibility LTC 8943/93 PCs originally supplied between 2003 to 2008. Not suitable for use in any other model PC.
PAGE 492
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 493
Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems | 483 LTC 2605/91 Video Manager the Video Manager’s monitor outputs can be connected to dedicated monitors for automatic display of alarm video from any of the devices during alarm conditions. When alarms are not present, these monitor outputs simply generate a black raster signal. By design, system setup of the Video Manager is quick and easy - just plug it in and it is ready to operate.
PAGE 494
484 | Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems Installation/Configuration Notes 8 LTC 2605/91 Video Manager with System4 Multiplexers and IntuiKey Keyboard Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 495
Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems | 485 8 Video Manager with Divar Digital Video Recorders Including Alarm Monitor Pair LTC 2605/91 Video Manager with Divar Digital Video Recorders and 4 IntuiKey Keyboard Control Stations www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 496
486 | Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems Technical Specifications Electrical Model Number LTC 2605/91 Voltage Range1 108 to 253, 50/60 Hz Power at Rated Voltage 10 W 1. Unit contains a switching power supply.
PAGE 497
Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems | 487 IntuiKey Series Keyboards The IntuiKey accepts both the standard Allegiant RS-485 Keyboard protocol and the Allegiant RS-232 protocol. The Allegiant RS-232 Keyboard protocol is well suited when communicating to a remote KBD-Universal over an IP network. The IntuiKey can also operate in a Terminal mode using a special RS-232 protocol.
PAGE 498
488 | Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems Technical Specifications Optional Software Electrical IntuiKey Script Applica- The IntuiKey Script Application is a PC-based tion (ISA) software program used to customize the macro buttons in the Command Script menu screens of the KBD-Universal model keyboard. Command Script macro functions are applicable when the keyboard is connected to an Allegiant series matrix switcher.
PAGE 499
Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems | 489 System4 Series Video Management System a keyboard port expander unit (see OPTIONS), up to four keyboards can be used to program and control a System4 video controller.
PAGE 500
490 | Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems Today's growing business demands security that is sophisticated, reliable and easy to use. From discount stores to commercial offices, System4 intelligently provides a multifunction system capable of handling up to 9 or 16 camera inputs with switching and multiplexer control, pan/tilt/zoom, and VCR control in one compact unit.
PAGE 501
Switching and Control | Multiplexer Control Systems | 491 Digital Memory Mechanical 720 H x 576 V Construction AGC: Automatic or manual adjustment for each video input. Video Input Level: 0.5 Vp-p to 2.0 Vp-p composite video signal. Steel chassis with sheet metal cover and plastic bezel Finish Charcoal case Dimensions (W x H x D) 440 x 305 x 40 mm (17.3 x 12 x 1.7 in.) Weight 5 kg (11 lb) Rack Mount Kit (Included) For mounting one unit in an EIA 48 cm (19 in.
PAGE 502
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 503
Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers | 493 LTC 2380/90, LTC 2382/90 Digital Video Quad Processor • • • Quad display (all four cameras). Full Screen display (any camera). Sequencing with programmable dwell time. The LTC 2382/90 allows recording in Quad mode or Fullscreen mode of individual cameras. Quad recorded images can be viewed in full screen using the built-in zoom playback.
PAGE 504
494 | Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers Controls and Indicators Mechanical Front Panel–LTC 2382/90 Rack Mount Kit Hardware included to mount either a single unit or two connected units in a 19 in. rack Construction Steel chassis Finish Charcoal Dimensions (W x D x H) 220 x 296 x 42 mm (8.66 x 11.65 x 1.65 in.) Power Indicator is illuminated when Power is applied to the unit.
PAGE 505
Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers | 495 LTC 51x1 Series 2- and 4position Economical Sequential Switchers controls include RUN and camera-select pushbuttons for easy operation. An adjustable DWELL control is provided on the back panel. Supplied as compact desktop units, these switchers can also be mounted with a rack-mount kit.
PAGE 506
496 | Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers Model No. Rated Motor Voltage Voltage Range Power at Rated Voltage LTC 5121/50 LTC 5141/50 625 line, 50 Hz; CCIR, PAL system compatible Dwell Range Approximately 2 seconds to 45 seconds Video Gain Unity Bandwidth (–3 dB point) 12 MHz minimum Differential Gain Less than 0.5% Differential Phase Less than 1.5° Video Crosstalk (Input to Input Isolation) 45 dB typical at 3.
PAGE 507
Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers | 497 LTC 510x Series 4- and 8position Premium Sequential Switchers Features include a 16-character camera title, nonvolatile memory back-up, on-screen status line, on-screen configuration menus in English, French, German, and Spanish (11 for the LTC 5104 Series and 12 for the LTC 5108 Series), and a SMART Setup. The status line displays the present camera number, the operation status, and camera title.
PAGE 508
498 | Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers Certifications and Approvals Technical Specifications Electromagnetic Com- Complies with FCC Part 15, ICES-003 and CE patibility (EMC) regulations Electrical Product Safety Complies with CE regulations, UL, CSA, EN and IEC Standards Installation/Configuration Notes Rated Voltage Voltage Range Power at Rated Voltage LTC 5104/60 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 105 to 130 4W LTC 5104/50 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz 198 to 264 4W LTC 5108/60 120 VAC, 5
PAGE 509
Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers | 499 Connectors Alarm Outputs Isolated contact closures 1 A, 40 VAC/DC Accessory Output One 15-pin alarm/accessory connector. Mechanical Cable (Included) One cable with a 15-pin connector Finish Gray Dimensions (W x D x H) 223 x 280 x 40 mm (8.77 x 11.0 x 1.59 in.) Weight 2 kg (4.
PAGE 510
500 | Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers LTC 2662/90 Series Color Universal Video Multiplexer 8 Features ▶ User-friendly ▶ AutoSet startup ▶ High quality video image ▶ Digital motion detection ▶ Timed events feature ▶ Camera display lockout ▶ Compatible with all VCR types ▶ Decodes multiple recording formats The Universal Multiplexer uses state-of-the-art technology to produce high quality, true-to- life color video images.
PAGE 511
Switching and Control | Switchers, Quads, and Multiplexers | 501 Technical Specifications Mechanical Electrical Construction Steel chassis with sheet metal cover and plastic bezel Description Voltage Range Power / Current Finish Charcoal case 16-channel Duplex 105 to 253, 50/60 Hz 30 W / 0.5 A Dimensions (W x D x H) 440 x 305 x 40 mm (17.3 x 12 x 1.7 in.) Synchronization Weight 5 kg (11 lb) Full Time-based Correction For mounting one unit in an EIA 48 cm (19 in.
PAGE 512
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 513
Switching and Control | Digital Motion Detectors | 503 VMD01‑Mx0 Series Digital Motion Detector Certifications and Approvals Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Emission: EN50081-1, EN50130-4, EN50130-5, According FCC, UR Safety EN 60950 Parts Included Quantity Component 1 VMD01 4 Rubber feet for table top mounting Technical Specifications Electrical Power Supply Type VMD-PS90 External plug power adapter VMD-RA90/VMD-RA00 Integrated in a 48 cm (19 in.
PAGE 514
504 | Switching and Control | Digital Motion Detectors Ordering Information VMD Type Digital image analysis; multi-level changes in illumination, texture and motion; primarily outdoor applications (indoor use acceptable) Results Display Superimposed in video-out signal, yellow outline = initial position; red outline = present position; green = trajectory (B/W-lines if B/W signal at video-in) Alarm Image Storage Alarm Images Five (5) pre-alarm images, one (1) alarm image, ten (10) post-alarm images V
PAGE 515
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders | 505 Video Recorder 400 Series Features ▶ 4-Channel real-time H.264 recording ▶ View and record video in CIF, 2CIF, or 4CIF resolution ▶ Built-in web viewer for remote viewing, playback, control, and configuration ▶ Supports VGA and analog monitor output (up to 1280x1024) The use of H.264 compression reduces the file size of recordings by as much as 30% compared to standard MPEG-4, without sacrificing image quality.
PAGE 516
506 | Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • RS232 and RS485 serial port for serial communication VGA main monitor output plus CVBS for spot monitor Numerous VGA output quality settings Full-screen and Quad display capabilities in live and playback modes Playback one or more channels while showing live pictures of the other channels Spot monitor output with sequencing Audio output (mono) Motion detection Multiple search modes including smart search (search
PAGE 517
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders | 507 Environmental Storage Hard Disk 1 SATA hard drive Video recording Record Rate (IPS) Temperature - Operating +0°C to +40°C (+32°F to +104°F) - Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F) NTSC Max. 30 IPS per channel, configurable: 30, 15, 7.5, 5, 3, 1 Humidity PAL Max. 25 IPS per channel, configurable: 25, 12.5, 6.25, 5, 2.
PAGE 518
508 | Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders Divar XF Series Hybrid Digital Recorder Embedded design The embedded design of the Divar XF offers a higher level of security against network attacks than traditional systems and has lower maintenance requirements. The security of recordings remains high, while the need to install software patches and anti-virus updates is eliminated.
PAGE 519
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders | 509 Comprehensive interfaces Flexible interface options make it easy to connect to a variety of external devices. • • • • • • • • • Up to 16 video input and output channels Up to 16 audio inputs and two dual-mono audio outputs Optional support for up to eight H.
PAGE 520
510 | Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders Technical Specifications Connections Electrical Ethernet Rated Voltage and Power Power input 100 to 240 VAC; 50/60 Hz Power consumption Max. 2.5 to 1.0 A (250 Watt) 10/100 Base-T Biphase PAL or NTSC auto-detection Resolution 704x576 PAL, 704x480 NTSC Compression H.264 Inputs 8 or 16 composite video 0.5 to 2 Vpp, 75 ohm automatic termination Outputs 8 or 16 composite video 1 Vpp, 75 ohm, sync 0.
PAGE 521
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders | 511 Ordering Information Playback Playback function Fast forward/reverse, frame forward/reverse, freeze Zoom 1.5x, 2x, 3x, 5x Search mode Date/time, Event (motion, input) Mechanical Dimensions (W x D x H) (excluding cabling) 446 x 443 x 88 mm (17.6 x 17.4 x 3.5 in) Weight (incl. 4 hard disks) Approx.
PAGE 522
512 | Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders Divar MR Series Digital Video Recorder Image quality The image quality of the Divar MR is excellent. Highly efficient MPEG-4 compression significantly reduces bandwidth and storage requirements compared to JPEG and wavelet technologies. Store more detail and extend retention periods while reducing overall storage costs. The Divar provides real-time recording in CIF resolution on all channels simultaneously.
PAGE 523
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders | 513 A dedicated Archive Player is included when video is exported, allowing video playback on a PC without installing additional software. The Archive Player also allows image authentication so that video tampering can be detected or ruled out in legal disputes. Installation/Configuration Notes Comprehensive interfaces Flexible interface options make it easy to connect to a variety of external devices.
PAGE 524
514 | Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders Technical Specifications Connections Electrical Ethernet Rated Voltage and Power Power input 100 to 240 VAC; 50/60 Hz Power consumption Max. 80 W (with 1x HDD) 10/100 Base-T Biphase Impedance 128 ohm, max. overvoltage protection ±40 V, max. cable length 1.5 km (0.9 miles) Max. 1.2 A Video standard PAL or NTSC selectable Resolution 704x576 PAL, 704x480 NTSC Compression MPEG-4 Inputs 8 or 16 composite video 0.
PAGE 525
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Video Recorders | 515 Record Frame Rate : Up to 200 IPS @ 704x288 Up to 100 IPS @ 704x576 Recording Overwrite modes Normal partition (continuous and instant recording) Event partition (input and motion recording) Normal and event partition Off Pre-alarm recording Up to 60 sec.
PAGE 526
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 527
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 517 700 Series Hybrid/ Network Recorder Embedded design The embedded design of the 700 Series Recorder offers a higher level of security against network attacks than traditional systems and has lower maintenance requirements. The security of recordings remains high while eliminating the need to install software patches and anti-virus updates.
PAGE 528
518 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders Flexible and reliable storage Applications Access the four internal hard drives via the front without opening the unit, thus simplifying service and making it easy to add additional storage on-site when needed. Configure the disks as a RAID 4 array for extra reliability. The 700 Series Recorder is ideal for: Expand storage further with an external Bosch iSCSI video storage array.
PAGE 529
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 519 Parts Included Quantity Component 1 Divar 700 Series Recorder 2 Power supply cords 1 USB mouse 1 CD-ROM containing the software and manuals 1 Quick installation guide 1 Keyboard input and looped-through output 1 Installation and operation manual 2 Ethernet 1 Divar 700 Series Control Center operation manual 3 USB ports 1 Divar 700 Series Archive Player operation manual 4 B monitor connections (VGA, CVBS, Y/C) 5 A monitor
PAGE 530
520 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders Storage Display Modes Monitor A Full, full sequence, quad, multi-screen (live and playback), event call-up (live) Internal HDD 500 GB, 1 or 2 TB per disk Up to 4 hard disks Monitor B (Hybrid models only) Full, full sequence, quad, multi-screen, event callup (live) Redundancy RAID-4 (4 hard disks plus optional license required) Effective storage = Smallest disk x 3 Frame rate PAL/NTSC 25/30 IPS per channel (real time) Multiscreen mode 8 c
PAGE 531
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 521 XXX Equals model storage options: 000 0000 GByte HDD 050 0500 GByte HDD (1 drive) 200 2000 GByte HDD (1 drive) 400 4000 GByte HDD (2 drive) 800 8000 GByte HDD (4 drive) Note RAID operation requires a 4-drive system and a DHR-SRAID-A license.
PAGE 532
522 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders Ordering Information Accessories 9 DHR-XS050-A 700 Series Storage Expansion 500 GB 500 GB storage expansion kit DHR-XS050-A DHR-XS100-A 700 Series Storage Expansion 1 TB 1 TB storage expansion kit DHR-XS100-A DHR-XS200-A 700 Series Storage Expansion 2 TB 2 TB storage expansion kit DHR-XS200-A DVRXEAP01 ATM/POS Bridge ATM/POS bridge Divar DVRXEAP01 KBD‑Digital Keyboard IntuiKey Digital Keyboard for use with Divar Digital Video Recorders,
PAGE 533
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 523 Divar XF Series Hybrid Digital Recorder Embedded design The embedded design of the Divar XF offers a higher level of security against network attacks than traditional systems and has lower maintenance requirements. The security of recordings remains high, while the need to install software patches and anti-virus updates is eliminated.
PAGE 534
524 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders Comprehensive interfaces Flexible interface options make it easy to connect to a variety of external devices.
PAGE 535
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 525 Technical Specifications Connections Electrical Ethernet Rated Voltage and Power Power input 100 to 240 VAC; 50/60 Hz Power consumption Max. 2.5 to 1.0 A (250 Watt) 10/100 Base-T Biphase PAL or NTSC auto-detection Resolution 704x576 PAL, 704x480 NTSC Compression H.264 Inputs 8 or 16 composite video 0.5 to 2 Vpp, 75 ohm automatic termination Outputs 8 or 16 composite video 1 Vpp, 75 ohm, sync 0.
PAGE 536
526 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders Ordering Information Playback Playback function Fast forward/reverse, frame forward/reverse, freeze Zoom 1.5x, 2x, 3x, 5x Search mode Date/time, Event (motion, input) Mechanical Dimensions (W x D x H) (excluding cabling) 446 x 443 x 88 mm (17.6 x 17.4 x 3.5 in) Weight (incl. 4 hard disks) Approx.
PAGE 537
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 527 DiBos Micro Digital Video Recorders - Version 8 (EMEA/APR) Users can connect up to 8 additional IP video sources. This includes support for Bosch IP cameras (Dinion IP and AutoDome IP), Bosch MPEG4 network video encoders (VideoJet and VIP X Series), as well as JPEG images from numerous network camera manufacturers. DiBos can store up to 30/25 ips per attached network video device. Every network video encoder can add one additional audio channel.
PAGE 538
528 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders DiBos Micro supports Bilinx for pan/tilt/zoom and camera configuration via the video coax cable. The configuration wizard makes installation quick and easy. Installation/Configuration Notes Front view: DiBos Micro serial ports can be connected to Bosch alarm panels, ATM, Allegiant matrices and foyer card readers. Live mode 1 DVD-RW 4 Control LED: System is switched on 2 Front cover Opened by pressing once on the cover.
PAGE 539
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 529 Ordering information: 1 Type DiBos Micro 2 Number of analog camera inputs 3 C1 version with max. 6 camera inputs C2 version with max. 12 camera inputs 4 Disk size (x10 GB) 5 Version E. g.
PAGE 540
530 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders RS 232 1 (to connect Bosch alarm panels and Allegiant matrices) USB 2.0 6 DVD writer Included; supported medias: CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R Power supply 100 / 240 VAC, 50 / 60 Hz (auto switch) Typical power consumption approx. 120 W Power consumption max.
PAGE 541
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 531 Ordering Information Ordering Information Accessories Software Options DB EK 012 CS English Keyboard and Czech Manuals (only EMEA) DBEK012CS DB EK 012 DA English Keyboard and Danish Manuals (only EMEA) DBEK012DA DB EK 012 DE German Keyboard and German Manuals (only EMEA) DBEK012DE DB EK 012 EL English Keyboard and Greek Manuals (only EMEA) DBEK012EL DB EK 012 EN English Keyboard and English Manuals DBEK012EN DB EK 012 ES English Key
PAGE 542
532 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders DiBos 19 inch Digital Video Recorders Version 8 (EMEA/APR) Users can connect up to 32 additional IP video sources. This includes support for Bosch IP cameras (Dinion IP and AutoDome IP), Bosch MPEG4 network video encoders (VideoJet and VIP X Series), as well as JPEG images from numerous network camera manufacturers. DiBos can store up to 30/25 ips per attached network video device.
PAGE 543
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 533 The configuration wizard makes installation quick and easy. DiBos serial ports can be connected to Bosch alarm panels, ATM, Allegiant matrices and foyer card readers. Installation/Configuration Notes Front view: Live mode 1 On/Off switch 3 DVD-RW 2 Control LEDs: 4 Red = hard disk access Green = system is switched on Yellow = unused USB 2.0 Rear view: Playback mode 9 1 Video monitor A/Video monitor B 10 Parallel interface.
PAGE 544
534 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders Ordering information: Recording resolution (ana- PAL: log inputs) 704 x 576 (4CIF), 704 x 288 Pixel (2CIF), 352 x 288 Pixel (CIF) NTSC: 704 x 480 (4CIF), 704 x 240 Pixel (2CIF), 352 x 240 Pixel (CIF) Recording resolution (IP in- PAL: puts - Bosch IP devices) 704 x 576 (4CIF/D1), 704 x 288 (2CIF), 464 x 576 (2/3 D1), 352 x 576 (1/2 D1), 352 x 288 (CIF), 176 x144 (QCIF) NTSC: 704 x 480 (4CIF/D1), 704 x 240 (2CIF), 464 x 480 (2/3 D1), 352 x 480 (1/
PAGE 545
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 535 Audio Outputs 1, line out signal, 1/8" mini-plug (3,5 mm) Mechanical facilities Alarm Inputs (NO / NC) 32 Switching voltage (high): >2 VDC Switching voltage (low): <0,5 VDC Input voltage: max. 40 VDC Impedance: 22 kOhm pull up (+5 V) Dimensions (H x W x D) 17,5 x 48,0 x 54,5 cm (7 x 19 x 21.5 inch) Weight 16 - 20.4 kg (25 - 55 lb), dependent on model 1 Voltage range: 30 VAC - 40 VDC Switching current: max.
PAGE 546
536 | Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders Ordering Information 9 Ordering Information DB 06 C1 050 R2 DiBos Digital Video Recorder 6 channel DiBos with 500 GB HDD, DVD-RW, 8 IP devices. DB06C1050R2 DB 30 C5 050 R2 DiBos Digital Video Recorder 30 channel DiBos with 500 GB HDD, DVDRW, 32 IP devices. DB30C5050R2 DB 06 C1 100 R2 DiBos Digital Video Recorder 6 channel DiBos with 1 TB HDD, DVD-RW, 16 IP devices.
PAGE 547
Digital Recording and Storage | Hybrid Video Recorders | 537 Ordering Information DB EK 061 SCSI Card Adapter and SCSI Cable Expansion. Included SCSI cable. DiBos Micro: Only for DB 06, due to required PCI slot. DBEK061 DB EK 831 OVS Interface Converter OVS RS 485/RS 232 interface converter. DBEK831OVS DB EK 031 Internal Modem Card (only EMEA) PCI modem card (not DB 30 C5 100 and DB 30 C5 160).
PAGE 548
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 549
Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders | 539 700 Series Hybrid/ Network Recorder Embedded design The embedded design of the 700 Series Recorder offers a higher level of security against network attacks than traditional systems and has lower maintenance requirements. The security of recordings remains high while eliminating the need to install software patches and anti-virus updates.
PAGE 550
540 | Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders Flexible and reliable storage Applications Access the four internal hard drives via the front without opening the unit, thus simplifying service and making it easy to add additional storage on-site when needed. Configure the disks as a RAID 4 array for extra reliability. The 700 Series Recorder is ideal for: Expand storage further with an external Bosch iSCSI video storage array.
PAGE 551
Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders | 541 Parts Included Quantity Component 1 Divar 700 Series Recorder 2 Power supply cords 1 USB mouse 1 CD-ROM containing the software and manuals 1 Quick installation guide 1 Keyboard input and looped-through output 1 Installation and operation manual 2 Ethernet 1 Divar 700 Series Control Center operation manual 3 USB ports 1 Divar 700 Series Archive Player operation manual 4 B monitor connections (VGA, CVBS, Y/C) 5 A monito
PAGE 552
542 | Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders Storage Display Modes Monitor A Full, full sequence, quad, multi-screen (live and playback), event call-up (live) Internal HDD 500 GB, 1 or 2 TB per disk Up to 4 hard disks Monitor B (Hybrid models only) Full, full sequence, quad, multi-screen, event callup (live) Redundancy RAID-4 (4 hard disks plus optional license required) Effective storage = Smallest disk x 3 Frame rate PAL/NTSC 25/30 IPS per channel (real time) Multiscreen mode 8
PAGE 553
Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders | 543 XXX Equals model storage options: 000 0000 GByte HDD 050 0500 GByte HDD (1 drive) 200 2000 GByte HDD (1 drive) 400 4000 GByte HDD (2 drive) 800 8000 GByte HDD (4 drive) Note RAID operation requires a 4-drive system and a DHR-SRAID-A license.
PAGE 554
544 | Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders Ordering Information Accessories 9 DHR-XS050-A 700 Series Storage Expansion 500 GB 500 GB storage expansion kit DHR-XS050-A DHR-XS100-A 700 Series Storage Expansion 1 TB 1 TB storage expansion kit DHR-XS100-A DHR-XS200-A 700 Series Storage Expansion 2 TB 2 TB storage expansion kit DHR-XS200-A DVRXEAP01 ATM/POS Bridge ATM/POS bridge Divar DVRXEAP01 KBD‑Digital Keyboard IntuiKey Digital Keyboard for use with Divar Digital Video Recorders
PAGE 555
Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders | 545 DiBos IP Recorder Software (EMEA/APR) DiBos supports live viewing and recording at resolutions up to 2048 x 1536 pixels (3 Megapixel) and frame rates up to 30/25 ips. Users can connect up to 32 IP video sources. This includes support for Bosch MPEG-4 IP cameras (Dinion IP, FlexiDome IP and AutoDome IP), Bosch MPEG-4 video encoders (VideoJet and VIP X Series), Bosch Megapixel cameras, as well as JPEG images from numerous IP camera manufacturers.
PAGE 556
546 | Digital Recording and Storage | Network Video Recorders Technical Specifications Maximum recording rate (analog and IP) Ordering Information Software Options 50 Mbit per second Recording resolution (IP in- PAL: puts - Bosch IP devices) 704 x 576 (4CIF/D1), 704 x 288 (2CIF), 464 x 576 (2/3 D1), 352 x 576 (1/2 D1), 352 x 288 (CIF), 176 x144 (QCIF) NTSC: 704 x 480 (4CIF/D1), 704 x 240 (2CIF), 464 x 480 (2/3 D1), 352 x 480 (1/2 D1), 352 x 240 (CIF), 176 x120 (QCIF) 9 Recording rates per channel (vid
PAGE 557
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Recording Accessories | 547 DVRXEAP01 ATM/POS Bridge Installation/Configuration Notes Configuration exampler for ATM’s 01 ATM/POS Bridge 05 Ethernet Features 02 Digital Recorder 06 RS-232 ▶ Supports both ATM and POS devices 03 ATM Modem 07 RS-485 ▶ Multiple connection ports 04 ATM ▶ Connect using network interface 9 The ATM/POS bridge provides an interface between a digital recorder (for example the Divar) and either Automatic Teller Machines (AT
PAGE 558
548 | Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Recording Accessories Connectors Power DC jack, positive center pin, 10-30 VDC Ethernet RJ45 shielded, 10Base Terminal Connectors DB9 male Supported ATM/POS devices Standard Serial EPSON TM-T88II, TM-T88-III, TM-U200B/D,TM-U300A/B and TM-L60II POS printers Plain ASCII text Customer-Specific Contact your Bosch Security Systems sales representative for more information Supported DVR’s Divar-2 (required ATM/POS license included for 1 Divar) Mechanical
PAGE 559
Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Recording Accessories | 549 IntuiKey Series Keyboards The IntuiKey accepts both the standard Allegiant RS-485 Keyboard protocol and the Allegiant RS-232 protocol. The Allegiant RS-232 Keyboard protocol is well suited when communicating to a remote KBD-Universal over an IP network. The IntuiKey can also operate in a Terminal mode using a special RS-232 protocol.
PAGE 560
550 | Digital Recording and Storage | Digital Recording Accessories Technical Specifications Optional Software Electrical IntuiKey Script Applica- The IntuiKey Script Application is a PC-based tion (ISA) software program used to customize the macro buttons in the Command Script menu screens of the KBD-Universal model keyboard. Command Script macro functions are applicable when the keyboard is connected to an Allegiant series matrix switcher.
PAGE 561
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Direct Attached) | 551 DVSA Premium Series Digital Video Storage Array Bosch DVSA “Premium”models are also designed for expansion. Dual-stack connectors allow for daisy-chaining the disk arrays for when extremely large capacities are required per DVR or NVR. Alternatively 2 DVRs can share a single DVSA disk array using the dual-host capacity, which improves the cost-effectiveness of the RAID-based solution.
PAGE 562
552 | Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Direct Attached) Installation/Configuration Notes Model No. No. of Hard Drives Voltage Range Operating Power* DVA-16K-16100A 16x 1 TB 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 460 W (1573 BTU/ hour) *Power is based on the unit’s maximum operating conditions.
PAGE 563
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Direct Attached) | 553 Mechanical Ordering Information DVA-ACON-VD680A Loop through SCSI cable 0.
PAGE 564
554 | Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Direct Attached) DVSA Lite Series Digital Video Storage Array The 8 SATA-II drive channels are routed through the backplane board to the lockable drive trays installed via the front of the Bosch DVSA. The completely cableless, backplane-based design eliminates problems associated with cable connections and offers a higher level of serviceability.
PAGE 565
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Direct Attached) | 555 Technical Specifications Connectors Electrical Dimensions (WxHxD) 446 x 88 x 490 mm 17.6 x 3,5 x 19.3 in. Model No. DVA‑08E 04050RA No.
PAGE 566
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 567
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) | 557 DVSA Premium Series iSCSI Digital Video Storage Array Bosch DVSA “Premium”models are also designed for expansion. Two Gigabit Ethernet ports allow the connection of up to 31 Bosch video servers over standard Ethernet networks, which improves the cost-effectiveness of the RAID-based solution. The Bosch DVSA iSCSI solution is ideal for building a shared pool of storage for Bosch Video Servers.
PAGE 568
558 | Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) Installation/Configuration Notes DVSA Rear view. The Bosch RAIDWatch Manager is a Java-based RAID management software that provides a user-friendly graphical interface for configuring and monitoring RAID systems. The program is specifically designed to manage Bosch DVSA. 9 Bosch RAIDWatch simplifies the otherwise complicated process of array configuration, giving system integrators a wide range of convenient RAID management options.
PAGE 569
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) | 559 DSA-N2B20 iSCSI Disk Array Series High Reliability and Availability With redundant hot-swap power and cooling, dual Gigabit Ethernet ports, NVRAM, and protection from double-disk failure and single bit errors during RAID rebuilds with RAID‑DP, the DSA‑N2B20 keeps your data safe and available. Monitoring Full SNMP support with agents compatible with SNMP version 1 as well as MIB‑II and NetApp custom MIBs supported.
PAGE 570
560 | Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) Space requirements Front—cooling 152 mm (6 in) Rear—cooling 305 mm (12 in) Front of chassis—maintenance 762 mm (30 in) Rear of chassis—maintenance 915 mm (36 in) Environmental Operating temperature +10 °C to +40 °C (+50 °F to +104 °F) Non-operating temperature -40 °C to +60 °C (-40 °F to +140 °F) Relative humidity 20 to 80%, non-condensing Acoustic level N/A Disk Shelf Expansion Unit—DSX‑N2X00‑14AT Electrical requirements
PAGE 571
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) | 561 Environmental Operating temperature +5 °C to +40 °C (+41 °F to +104 °F) Non-operating temperature -40 °C to +60 °C (-40 °F to +140 °F) Relative humidity 20 to 80%, non-condensing Acoustic level 58 dBA at +23 °C Notes: • General technical specifications for the RAID system are provided in the NetApp Site Requirements Guide (Part number 215-04823_A0, August 2009) and on http://www.netapp.
PAGE 572
562 | Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) DSA-N2B40 iSCSI Disk Array Series The DSA‑N2B40 is a fully featured RAID protected disk array which provides RAID‑4 protection for capacityoriented environments and RAID‑DP protection for availability oriented environments. RAID‑DP (Double Parity) is a form of RAID‑6 without any performance penalty. RAID-DP is strongly recommended if the system will be used with disk shelf expansion units.
PAGE 573
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) | 563 Installation/Configuration Notes Electrical requirements—one controller module Central management is provided by a Web GUI administration tool. There is no additional software necessary to be installed on peripheral devices. Input voltage: 200 to 240 V In addition the system provides a powerful Command Line Interface (CLI) which is fully remote accessible either by telnet, ssh or rsh.
PAGE 574
564 | Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) Ordering Information Electrical requirements Input voltage: 200 to 240 V Worst case, single PSU System, two PSUs DSA-N2B40-12AT Base unit with 12 x 1 TB SATA hard disk DSA-N2B40-12AT • input current measured 1.63 A 1.
PAGE 575
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) | 565 DSA-N2B50 iSCSI Disk Array Series High Reliability and Availability With redundant hot-swap power and cooling, dual Gigabit Ethernet ports, NVRAM, and protection from double-disk failure and single bit errors during RAID rebuilds with RAID‑DP, the DSA‑N2B50 keeps your data safe and available. Monitoring Full SNMP support with agents compatible with SNMP version 1 as well as MIB‑II and NetApp custom MIBs supported.
PAGE 576
566 | Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) System hardware specifications Nonvolatile SDRAM (NVRAM) 256 MB—protects “in flight” transactions for 3 days in the event of a power loss Integrated I/O 2 x 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet, copper Remote management (via LAN) Yes Mechanical Dimensions (H x W x D) 175 x 447 x 572 mm (6.9 x 17.6 x 22.5 in) Weight 49.
PAGE 577
Digital Recording and Storage | Disk Arrays (Network Attached) | 567 Mechanical Dimensions (H x W x D) 113 x 447 x 552 mm (5.25 x 17.6 x 22 in) Weight 30.
PAGE 578
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 579
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 569 VIP X1 XF Single-channel Video Encoder Dual H.264 Recording You can record the streams independently on different media. Thus video can be recorded centrally on iSCSI drives managed by VRM Video Recording Manager and redundantly on the local media. If necessary, for example in case of a network failure VRM can fill up the gap in the central recording (ANR, Automatic Network Replenishment).
PAGE 580
570 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems ONVIF conformance Firmware 4.10 introduces conformance to the ONVIF (Open Network Video Interface Forum) specification guaranteeing interoperability between network video products regardless of manufacturer. ONVIF conformant devices are able to exchange live video, audio, metadata and control information and ensure that they are automatically discovered and connected to network applications such as video management systems.
PAGE 581
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 571 Parts Included Network Quantity Component 1 VIP‑X1XF single-channel video/audio encoder 1 Quick Installation Guide 1 CD-ROM with software and documentation 1 Wall‑mounting panel Ethernet 10/100 Base‑T, auto-sensing, half/full duplex, RJ45 Protocols RTP, Telnet, UDP, TCP, IP, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, DHCP, IGMP V2/V3, ICMP, ARP, SMTP, SNTP, SNMP, RTSP, 802.1x, iSCSI, DynDNS, UPnP Encryption TLS 1.
PAGE 582
572 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems VideoJet X10/X20/X40 Rugged Video Encoder Their industrial-grade vibration resistance makes these encoders extremely suitable for use in mobile applications such as trains, busses, or other vehicles. Flexibility VideoJet X encoders offer unparalleled recording flexibility. Stream video across the network and store it using Network Video Recorders (NVRs).
PAGE 583
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 573 MPEG‑4 4 inputs 2 inputs 1 input 4CIF 12.5/15 ips 25/30 ips 25/30 ips 2/3 D1 25/30 ips 25/30 ips 25/30 ips 2CIF 25/30 ips 25/30 ips 25/30 ips ips = frame rate in images per second H.264 4 inputs 2 inputs 1 input 2CIF 12.
PAGE 584
574 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems Front Connectors and Indicators An optional extended temperature range power supply can be ordered separately with power cord versions for the EU/US, UK, and AUS regions. Technical Specifications Electrical Power supply Via external unit or external battery Input voltage 10 to 30 VDC Power consumption X10: approx. 16 VA, fully equipped X20/X40: approx.
PAGE 585
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 575 Ordering Information Video Overall IP delay 120 ms Frame rate 1 to 50/60 (PAL/NTSC) VJT‑X40S‑H008 VideoJet X40 with 4 video inputs and a 80 GB hard disk Audio VJT-X40S-H008 Accessories Standard G.711; 300 Hz to 3.
PAGE 586
576 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems VideoJet X10/X20/X40 SN Video Encoder Dual Streaming The VideoJet X SN encoders use Dual Streaming to generate two independent IP video streams per channel if sufficient computational power is available. This allows viewing and recording at two different quality levels to save disk space and bandwidth. On alarm, they can send an e‑mail with JPEG images attached. Dual Recording You can record the streams independently on different media.
PAGE 587
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 577 Access Security The VideoJet X SN encoders offer various security levels for accessing the network, the unit, and the data channels. As well as password protection with three levels, they support 802.1x authentication using a RADIUS server for identification. You can secure Web browser access by HTTPS using a SSL certificate that is stored in the unit.
PAGE 588
578 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems Rear Connectors and Indicators Input/output Video X10: 1 x input X20: 2 x input X40: 4 x input • • • connector BNC impedance 75 ohm, switchable signal Analog composite, 0.7 to 1.
PAGE 589
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 579 Ordering Information Control Software update Flash ROM, remote programmable Configuration Configuration Manager or Web browser MVC-FIVA4-ENC1 IVA 4.0 VCA software license for single channel encoder (e‑license) MVC-FIVA4-ENC1 CompactFlash 1 x CF slot for optional standard Type I/II CompactFlash memory card MVC-FIVA4-ENC2 USB port 1 x USB 2.0 high-speed port, 2.5 W max feed MVC-FIVA4-ENC2 IVA 4.
PAGE 590
580 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems VIP X1 Single-channel Video Encoder Recording The VIP X1 offers unparalleled recording options—locally on a USB hard disk, network-attached utilizing iSCSI devices, and of course centrally using Network Video Recorders. The iSCSI RAID storage enables the VIP X1 to act as a conventional DVR as well as to stream highperformance live video across the network.
PAGE 591
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 581 Certifications and Approvals Front Connectors and Indicators Approvals Region Certification Europe CE VIP X USA UL VIP X UL online certifications directory (link) Safety Region Number IEC 60950 Electromagnetic Compatibility Region Number EU EN55103‑1 Video and audio equipment Non-audio models 1 Video In 1 EN55103‑2 Video and audio equipment EN50130‑4 Alarm systems EN55022 ITE EN55024 ITE EN61000‑3‑2 EN61000‑3‑3 US FCC 47 CF
PAGE 592
582 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems Parts Included Video Quantity Component 1 VIP X1 single-channel video encoder, or VIP X1A single-channel video/audio encoder, or VIP X1P single-channel video encoder with PoE, or VIP X1AP single-channel video/audio encoder with PoE 1 International plug-in power supply 1 RS‑232 null modem cable 1 Quick Installation Guide 1 CD-ROM with software and documentation Standards MPEG‑4, M‑JPEG, JPEG Data rates 9.
PAGE 593
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 583 Ordering Information VIPX1 MPEG-4 dual-stream 1-channel encoder, USB, serial I/O, alarm in, relay VIPX1 VIPX1A MPEG-4 dual-stream 1-channel encoder, USB, audio, serial I/O, alarm in, relay VIPX1A VIPX1AP MPEG-4 dual-stream 1-channel encoder, USB, audio, PoE, serial I/O, alarm in, relay VIPX1AP Accessories VIPRMK1HU VIP X/10/1000 rack-mount kit for 5 units (1HU) VIPRMK1HU VIP‑X-PS Power supply VIP-X-PS DVA-12T-04100RA iSCSI Diskarray
PAGE 594
584 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems VIP X2 Dual-channel Video Encoder If iSCSI RAID storage is available, it enables the VIP X2 to act as a conventional DVR, as well as streaming highperformance live video across the network. Dual Streaming The VIP X2 uses Dual Streaming to generate two independent IP video streams per channel if sufficient computational power is available. This allows viewing and recording at two different quality levels, saving disk space and bandwidth.
PAGE 595
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 585 Electromagnetic Compatibility Region Number EU EN55103‑1 Video and audio equipment EN55103‑2 Video and audio equipment EN50130‑4 Alarm systems EN55022 ITE EN55024 ITE EN61000‑3‑2 EN61000‑3‑3 US FCC 47 CFR Chapter 1 Part 15 Installation/Configuration Notes Audio model 1 Video In 1 4 Line Out 2 Line In 5 Video In 2 3 Microphone in , speaker out Rear Connectors and Indicators All models Dimensions in mm (in) Front Connectors and I
PAGE 596
586 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems Technical Specifications Electrical Power supply VIP‑X‑PS included in the box Input voltage 12 to 24 VDC Power consumption Approx. 10 VA Input/output Video • • • 2 x input connector BNC impedance 75 ohm, switchable signal Analog composite, 0.7 to 1.
PAGE 597
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 587 Ordering Information Software Options VIP‑X2‑FS1 VIP X2 IVMD 1.0 VCA software license, valid for all 2 channels VIP-X2-FS1 SFT-VASA Hybrid IP - Analog/Matrix Video over IP Integration Software SFT-VASA MVC-FENC-AES BVIP AES 128 Bit Encryption BVIP AES 128‑bit encryption site license. This license is required only once per installation. It enables encrypted communication between BVIP encoders, decoders and management stations.
PAGE 598
588 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems VIP XD Single/Quadstream Decoder Functions Access Security The VIP XD decoders offer various security levels for accessing the network, the unit, and the data channels. As well as password protection with two levels, they support 802.1x authentication using a RADIUS server for identification. You can secure Web browser access by HTTPS using a SSL certificate that is stored in the unit.
PAGE 599
Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems | 589 Installation/Configuration Notes Rear Connectors and Indicators All models Dimensions in mm (in) Front Connectors and Indicators 1 Reset: factory default 4 LED Link 2 Alarm in, relay out, power, COM (RS‑232/422/485) 5 LED Traffic 3 LED Power 6 10/100 Base‑T Fast Ethernet Rack Mounting Kit (Optional) 10 Parts Included Non-audio model 1 Video Out 2 VGA Quantity Component 1 VIP XD single/quad-stream decoder, or VIP XDA s
PAGE 600
590 | Encoders/Decoders | Small Single and Multi-Channel Systems Input/output VGA • • Environmental 1 x output connector 15‑pin Sub-D signal 1 Vpp, RGB analog Audio (audio version on- 1 x mono line in, 1 x mono line out, 1 x microly) phone input, 1 x speaker output • • • • connector 2 x 3.5 mm stereo jack, 1 x CombiCon signal line in 9 kohm typical, 5.5 Vpp max signal line out 16 ohm min, 3.0 Vpp max • signal speaker signal microphone 2 kohm typical, 2.8 Vpp max at -20 dB, 2.
PAGE 601
Encoders/Decoders | Modular Systems | 591 VIP X1600 XF Modular High-performance Video Encoder requiring only little recording space. In addition they are equipped with a hardware-accelerator for VCA functions, bringing “Intelligence-at-the-Edge” to the next level. A module version supporting Bilinx communication over coax cable is also available. The VIP X1600 MPEG‑4 encoder modules (VIPX1600M4S/ M4SA) also support H.264 with the latest firmware, though with limited functionality.
PAGE 602
592 | Encoders/Decoders | Modular Systems Functions Flexibility The VIP X1600 XF supports external storage, either directly attached to the unit (Recording-at-the-Edge), or across an IP network to a centralized network video recorder (NVR). For Recording-at-the-Edge, attach an iSCSI RAID directly to the VIP X1600 XF, making the system’s recording performance wholly independent from the network’s performance.
PAGE 603
Encoders/Decoders | Modular Systems | 593 MPEG‑4 4 inputs 2 inputs 1 input Installation/Configuration Notes 4CIF 12.5/15 ips 25/30 ips 25/30 ips H.264 Encoder Modules (VIP‑X1600‑XFM4A/XFM4B) 2/3 D1 25/30 ips 25/30 ips 25/30 ips 2CIF 25/30 ips 25/30 ips 25/30 ips All H.264 encoder modules have four camera inputs that support Dual Streaming. There are no limitations to the frame rate: ips = frame rate in images per second H.264 4 inputs 2 inputs 1 input 2CIF 12.
PAGE 604
594 | Encoders/Decoders | Modular Systems Rear View Base Systems 4 4 x module slot 5 1 x 10/100/1000 Base‑T Gigabit Ethernet (redundancy achieved by combining with front side Ethernet interface) 6 2 x power supply input (redundant use possible) H.
PAGE 605
Encoders/Decoders | Modular Systems | 595 Technical Specifications Video Base Systems Standards H.264 MP, H.264 BP+ (ISO/IEC 14496‑10) M‑JPEG Data rates 9.6 kbps to 6 Mbps per channel (MP) Power supply Input voltage 12 VDC, redundant (dual inputs) Power consumption 50 VA max, fully equipped Resolution • • Network VIP‑X1600‑XFB Ethernet 9.6 kbps to 2.
PAGE 606
596 | Encoders/Decoders | Modular Systems Ordering Information Video Standards H.264 Baseline Profile (ISO/IEC 14496‑10) MPEG‑4, M‑JPEG Data rates 9.6 kbps to 6 Mbps per channel Resolution Horizontal x vertical PAL/NTSC • • • • • • 4CIF/D1 704 x 576/480 (12.
PAGE 607
Management Systems | Bosch Video Management System | 597 Bosch Video Management System Software V.
PAGE 608
598 | Management Systems | Bosch Video Management System • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 11 Image windows can display live video, instant playback video, text documents, maps, or web pages Device states shown by icons, including networkconnection loss, video loss, and camera de-adjustment Favorites tree can be individually configured per user Favorites tree can include complete views with Image pane layouts and camera assignments Camera selection by double-click or drag and drop from site maps, Logical
PAGE 609
Management Systems | Bosch Video Management System | 599 Technical Specifications NVR Specifications System Specifications Maximum number of cameras and data rate per NVR, for advanced performance server, e.g.
PAGE 610
600 | Management Systems | Bosch Video Management System Display Resolution Recommended Graphics Cards Minimum per monitor 1024x768, 1280x1024 or greater recommended 2 monitors, Entry: - ATI 3700 - NVIDIA FX 380 - NVIDIA FX 580 2 monitors, Mid-range: - ATI 5700 - NVIDIA FX 4800 - NVIDIA FX 1800 - NVIDIA FX 1700 - NVIDIA FX 1700 x2 4 monitors, Professional: - NVIDIA NVS295 2 monitors, High-end: - NVIDIA FX 4800 Minimum Central Server PC Requirements Operation System Window 2003 Server, Service Pack 2 (3
PAGE 611
Management Systems | Bosch Video Management System | 601 Ordering Information 1 Forensic Search Expansion Expansion, order the exact number required. You need one license per Workstation, not per camera or encoder. MBV-XFOREN-22 Allegiant Matrix Connection MBV-FALG-22 ATM/POS Connection MBV-FATM-22 OPC Server Connection MBV-FOPC-22 11 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 612
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 613
Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management | 603 VIDOS Video Management System VIDOS VIDOS is a unique and powerful video surveillance and alarm management software product that enables security and surveillance professionals to perform sophisticated tasks with ease. Based on the intuitive graphical concept of site-maps, VIDOS puts the operator firmly in control of the world around him.
PAGE 614
604 | Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management VIDOS Archive Player & Exporter presents a quick and easy to use interface that is designed to accelerate the process of browsing available recordings and uses intuitive time and calendar features to home in on specific events and bookmarks. By instantaneously switching between replay and export screens the search time is further minimized.
PAGE 615
Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management | 605 VIDOS Window snap organizer Addition of multiple external monitors JPEG snapshot overview of all connected devices Scan Network Autoscan function over the complete network JPEG snapshot overview of all devices Remote upload of devices via LAN/WAN Scan result copy to a clipboard by one mouse click Site Map Built-in site map editor Background bitmap graphics User definable symbols with programmable functions, e.g.
PAGE 616
606 | Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management Ordering Information VIDOS Archive Player Configuration Redefine search parameters so that objects trigger an alarm even if they did not do so initially VIDOSCL VIDOS Client License VIDOS Client License per PC w/o cameras VIDOSCL Through Configuration Manager VIDOSCL‑5P VIDOS Client 5-pack VIDOS Client License per PC w/o cameras 5pack VIDOSCL-5P VIDOSCL-10P VIDOS16CH VIDOS 16 Channels VIDOS stand-alone license for 16 channels VIDOS16CH
PAGE 617
Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management | 607 Bosch Video-over-IP (BVIP) Lite Suite Viewer Viewer is an easy-to-handle, entry-level application that enables an operator to control professional security and surveillance systems with the ease of a mouse click. With its intuitive graphical user interface, controlling cameras is as simple as drag-and-drop.
PAGE 618
608 | Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management Use the ergonomic advances of the Bosch IntuiKey CCTV keyboard for full control of trick mode replay. Almost all Archive Player functions are accessible without the need for mouse or PC keyboard access of the operator, bringing the traditional matrix input device to a new level of experience. Ease the migration from the analogue to the digital world by switching cameras and monitors via the keypad.
PAGE 619
Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management | 609 Archive Player Full-screen mode JPEG snapshot with direct print function Search Calendar and time range search function Bookmark setting and search function Forensic Search on IVMD metadata (license option) Intuikey Supported (license option) Export Simultaneous export of video and audio of multiple recordings (license option) Direct burn on CD or DVD Configuration Through Configuration Manager Up to 3 levels of camera groups Settings of de
PAGE 620
610 | Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management VIDOS Server Features ▶ Unlimited number of users ▶ User management with 32 user groups ▶ Device Access Control ▶ Hierarchical server structure ▶ Up to two backup servers per server ▶ Standard database access ▶ Event logging and management 11 VIDOS Server is the powerful heart for professional IP security, video surveillance and alarm management solutions.
PAGE 621
Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management | 611 Ordering Information Ethernet Card 100 Mb Free Memory (Inst.) 75 MB (VIDOS Server, Configuration Manager, .
PAGE 622
612 | Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management VIDOS Monitor Wall Together with the powerful tools of the VIDOS Pro Software Suite like the Configuration Manager, VIDOS 3.0, VIDOS Lite Viewer and VIDOS Archive Player and Exporter applications it is ideally suited for CCTV applications of any scale.
PAGE 623
Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management | 613 Ordering Information VIDOSMW VIDOS Monitor Wall License Digital software solution to view many cameras on state-of-the-art monitor screens VIDOSMW VIDOSMW‑5P VIDOS Monitor Wall License Digital software solution to view many cameras on state-of-the-art monitor screens 5‑pack VIDOSMW-5P VIDOSMW‑10P VIDOS Monitor Wall License Digital software solution to view many cameras on state-of-the-art monitor screens 10‑pack VIDOSMW-10P 11 www.
PAGE 624
614 | Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management VIDOS‑NVR When part of a network carrying video is exposed (as in wireless across a parking lot, or along a highway or train track), the probability of network failure or excessive noise may be even higher. In this setting, VIDOS-NVR tracks every encoder, noting any lapses. Though the encoder is out of reach, it is still recording video locally, either on a compact flash card (VideoJet 10), or on an internal hard drive (VideoJet 8000/8008).
PAGE 625
Management Systems | VIDOS Pro Suite Video Management | 615 1 VideoJet 1000 or other single channel encoder Ordering Information 2 VideoJet 8008 or other multi-channel encoder NVR Server running VIDOS-NVR MVC BVNR 016 VIDOS-NVR 16 channels MVC-BNVR-016 3 MVC BNVR 032 VIDOS-NVR 32 channels MVC-BNVR-032 Parts Included MVC BNVR 064 VIDOS-NVR 64 channels MVC-BNVR-064 Quantity Component MVC BNVR 016C VIDOS-NVR 16 channels 5pack MVC-BNVR-016C MVC BNVR 032C VIDOS-NVR 32 channels 5pack MVC-BNVR-03
PAGE 626
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 627
Management Systems | VRM - Video Recording Manager | 617 MVM‑BVRM Video Recording Manager v2.0 The central Recording Management Service runs as a service on Microsoft Windows platforms. Bosch recommends running VRM Server on a dedicated server/ hardware platform. VRM offers system-wide recording, monitoring, and management of Bosch iSCSI storage, video encoders, and cameras.
PAGE 628
618 | Management Systems | VRM - Video Recording Manager Functions VRM Server VRM Server, with the central Recording Management Service, provides a time- and event-based scheduler for changing recording properties, and includes a Web-based user interface for status monitoring. The central scheduler maintains a database containing the recording source information and a list of associated iSCSI drives.
PAGE 629
Management Systems | VRM - Video Recording Manager | 619 • Displays live view and recording previews for a single camera. Ordering Information MVM-BVRM2-016 Bosch VRM 2.0 base package with a 16‑camera license single-pack. VRM 2.0 licenses can be used for VRM 2.10. MVM-BVRM2-016 MVM-SVRM2-BAK Bosch VRM 2.0 Secondary Server singlepack. VRM 2.0 licenses can be used for VRM 2.10.
PAGE 630
620 | Management Systems | VRM - Video Recording Manager MVM‑BVRM Video Recording Manager v2.10 The central Recording Management Service runs as a service on Microsoft Windows platforms. Bosch recommends running VRM Server on a dedicated server/ hardware platform. VRM offers system-wide recording, monitoring, and management of Bosch iSCSI storage, video encoders, and cameras. VRM software supports Bosch H.
PAGE 631
Management Systems | VRM - Video Recording Manager | 621 Distributed Storage VRM not only provides for redundant management of metadata, it also introduces a significant enhancement of overall reliability and availability. By providing redundancy for storage provisioning and a failover design for the central recording management service, there is no single point of failure. In addition, unlike NVR systems, VRM scales without requiring additional PCs. This greatly reduces the risk of system failures.
PAGE 632
622 | Management Systems | VRM - Video Recording Manager - Bosch DVA Series (Bosch OEM Disk Arrays) Bosch DSA Series (NetApp Storage Systems) Allows configuration of recording parameters, including schedules, data rates, frame rates, streams, and privileges. Allows management of users and groups with privileges and roles. Allows configuration of load balancing parameters (bandwidth and iSCSI connections) per disk array (IP address). • • • Archive Player • Provides replay and search functionality.
PAGE 633
Management Systems | VRM - Video Recording Manager | 623 one VRM installation should not exceed 40. For systems with more than 40 disk arrays, please contact a Bosch Design Engineer. Ordering Information MVM-BVRM2-016 Bosch VRM 2.0 base package with a 16‑camera license single-pack. VRM 2.0 licenses can be used for VRM 2.10. MVM-BVRM2-016 MVM-SVRM2-BAK Bosch VRM 2.0 Secondary Server singlepack. VRM 2.0 licenses can be used for VRM 2.10.
PAGE 634
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 635
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 625 MHW-WZ2R0-EL Management Workstation The integrated Intel HD Graphics provides onboard graphics functionality without requiring an additional graphics card. With a smart new chassis it is easy to access—both inside and out with a tool-free chassis and two convenient USB ports on the front. The convertible minitower chassis allows for Minitower or Desktop orientation.
PAGE 636
626 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW‑WZ2R0‑ELUS base unit comes with a US localization kit. Note The Bosch management workstation provides a MUI (Multilingual User Interface). With MUI installed the language of the workstation may be changed after initial installation (for details see document “Installation Note MUI on Bosch Platforms”).
PAGE 637
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 627 Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-NO Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Norway—Norwegian MHW-AWLCK-NO MHW-AWLCK-RU Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Russia—Russian MHW-AWLCK-RU MHW-AWLCK-SE Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Sweden—Swedish MHW-AWLCK-SE MHW-AWLCK-SUI Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Switzerland— French/German MHW-AWLCK-SUI MHW-AWLCK-UK Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): United Kingd
PAGE 638
628 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW-WZ2R0-NG Management Workstation With a smart new chassis it is easy to access—both inside and out with a tool-free chassis and two convenient USB ports on the front. The convertible minitower chassis allows for Minitower or Desktop orientation. System Overview MHW‑WZ2R0‑NG Management Workstation is the high-end workstation suitable for running the security systems software applications offered by Bosch.
PAGE 639
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 629 MHW‑WZ2R0‑NGUS base unit comes with a US localization kit. Electrical Power supply fan 92 x 25 mm variable speed Note ENERGY STAR® qualified Yes 80 PLUS compliant Yes The Bosch management workstation provides a MUI (Multilingual User Interface). With MUI installed the language of the workstation may be changed after initial installation (for details see document “Installation Note MUI on Bosch Platforms”).
PAGE 640
630 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information 11 MHW-AWLCK-ESP Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Spain—Spanish MHW-AWLCK-ESP MHW-AWLCK-FR Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): France—French MHW-AWLCK-FR MHW-AWLCK-IT Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Italy—Italian MHW-AWLCK-IT MHW-AWLCK-NL Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Netherlands— Dutch MHW-AWLCK-NL MHW-AWLCK-NO Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Norway—Norwegian MH
PAGE 641
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 631 MHW-WZ2R0-PE Management Workstation With a smart new chassis it is easy to access—both inside and out with a tool-free chassis and two convenient USB ports on the front. The convertible minitower chassis allows for Minitower or Desktop orientation. System Overview MHW‑WZ2R0‑PE Management Workstation is the high-end workstation suitable for running the security systems software applications offered by Bosch.
PAGE 642
632 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW‑WZ2R0‑PEUS base unit comes with a US localization kit. Note The Bosch management workstation provides a MUI (Multilingual User Interface). With MUI installed the language of the workstation may be changed after initial installation (for details see document “Installation Note MUI on Bosch Platforms”).
PAGE 643
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 633 Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-NO Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Norway—Norwegian MHW-AWLCK-NO MHW-AWLCK-RU Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Russia—Russian MHW-AWLCK-RU MHW-AWLCK-SE Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Sweden—Swedish MHW-AWLCK-SE MHW-AWLCK-SUI Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Switzerland— French/German MHW-AWLCK-SUI MHW-AWLCK-UK Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): United Kingd
PAGE 644
634 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW-WZ4R0-HE Management Workstation • The architecture of this management workstation delivers next generation I/O throughput to handle future high throughput and visualization requirements. • The high-end NVIDIA Quadro FX 3800 PCIe (1.0 GB) 3D graphics card ensures highest performance and resolution for fast presentation of displayed video data. The convertible minitower chassis allows for Minitower or Desktop orientation.
PAGE 645
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 635 Language selection MHW‑WZ4R0‑HE base unit does not come with a predefined language but offers a choice of language options. One of the localization kits listed under Ordering Information must be selected when ordering. Electrical Power supply fan 92 x 25 mm variable speed ENERGY STAR® qualified Yes 80 PLUS compliant Yes MHW‑WZ4R0‑HEUS base unit comes with a US localization kit.
PAGE 646
636 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-FR Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): France—French MHW-AWLCK-FR MHW-AWLCK-IT Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Italy—Italian MHW-AWLCK-IT MHW-AWLCK-NL Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Netherlands— Dutch MHW-AWLCK-NL MHW-AWLCK-NO Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Norway—Norwegian MHW-AWLCK-NO MHW-AWLCK-RU Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Russia—Russian MHW-AWLC
PAGE 647
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 637 MHW-WZ4R0-NG Management Workstation • The architecture of this management workstation delivers next generation I/O throughput to handle future high throughput and visualization requirements. • A graphics card is not included in the MHW-WZ4R0-NG specification. You can choose the type of graphics card when ordering to drive up to four 2D or four 3D (entry 3D or mid-range cards) displays.
PAGE 648
638 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Language selection MHW‑WZ4R0‑HE base unit does not come with a predefined language but offers a choice of language options. One of the localization kits listed under Ordering Information must be selected when ordering. MHW‑WZ4R0‑NGUS base unit comes with a US localization kit. Note The Bosch management workstation provides a MUI (Multilingual User Interface).
PAGE 649
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 639 Energy Star is a registered trademark of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, all rights reserved. 80 PLUS is a registered trademark of Ecos, all rights reserved.
PAGE 650
640 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW-WZ4R0-EE Management Workstation • The architecture of this management workstation delivers next generation I/O throughput to handle future high throughput and visualization requirements. • The ultra-high-end NVIDIA Quadro FX 4800 PCIe (1.5 GB) 3D graphics card ensures highest performance and resolution for fast presentation of displayed video data. The convertible minitower chassis allows for Minitower or Desktop orientation.
PAGE 651
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 641 Language selection MHW‑WZ4R0‑EE base unit does not come with a predefined language but offers a choice of language options. One of the localization kits listed under Ordering Information must be selected when ordering. Electrical Power supply fan 92 x 25 mm variable speed ENERGY STAR® qualified Yes 80 PLUS compliant Yes MHW‑WZ4R0‑EEUS base unit comes with a US localization kit.
PAGE 652
642 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-ESP Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Spain—Spanish MHW-AWLCK-ESP MHW-AWLCK-FR Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): France—French MHW-AWLCK-FR MHW-AWLCK-IT Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Italy—Italian MHW-AWLCK-IT MHW-AWLCK-NL Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Netherlands— Dutch MHW-AWLCK-NL MHW-AWLCK-NO Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Norway—Norwegian MHW-AWL
PAGE 653
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 643 MHW‑S360R6-LL Management Server Functions The MHW‑S360R6‑LL Management Server provides the performance and memory needed for medium-sized recording applications without redundancy on disk level. Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE MHW-S360R6 Features ▶ Standard performance with a single quad-core Intel Xeon 5504 processor (2.
PAGE 654
644 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information Electrical BTU rating 1773 BTU/h (at 100 VAC) 1715 BTU/h (at 200 VAC) Output power (per power supply) MHW-S360R6-LL Accessories • rated steady-state 460 W (at 100 VAC) power • maximum peak power MHW-AWLCK-DE Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Germany—German MHW-AWLCK-DE 460 W (at 100 VAC) MHW-AWLCK-FR Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): France—French MHW-AWLCK-FR 460 W (at 200 VAC) MHW-AWLCK-IT Local
PAGE 655
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 645 MHW‑S380R6‑IDN Management Server The system provides one internal 146 GB (10 K, SAS 2.5 in) hot-pluggable hard drive for the operating system, as well as four additional internal 146 GB (10 K SAS 2.5 in) hard drives to store the video data. In addition, the video storage is RAID‑0. Please note that RAID‑0 is not hot-swappable.
PAGE 656
646 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Technical Specifications Packard, all rights reserved. All data and dimensions are referenced from Electrical the Hewlett Packard QuickSpecs and are subject to change without Input requirements (per 460 W power supply) notice. • • rated line voltage 100 to 120 VAC, 200 to 240 VAC • rated input frequency • rated input power 526 W (at 100 VAC) rated input current Hewlett Packard and the HP logo are registered trademarks of Hewlett 5.
PAGE 657
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 647 MHW‑S380R6‑EL Management Server Functions The MHW‑S380R6‑EL Management Server provides the advanced performance and memory needed for mediumsized recording applications without redundancy on disk level. Certifications and Approvals Features ▶ Advanced performance with a single quad-core Intel Xeon 5504 processor (2.
PAGE 658
648 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Technical Specifications Packard, all rights reserved. All data and dimensions are referenced from Electrical the Hewlett Packard QuickSpecs and are subject to change without Input requirements (per 460 W power supply) notice. • • rated line voltage 100 to 120 VAC, 200 to 240 VAC • rated input frequency • rated input power 526 W (at 100 VAC) rated input current Hewlett Packard and the HP logo are registered trademarks of Hewlett 5.
PAGE 659
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 649 MHW‑S380R6‑MC Management Server Functions The MHW‑S380R6‑MC Management Server provides the performance and memory needed for medium-sized environments. Certifications and Approvals Region Certification Europe CE MHW-S380R6 Installation/Configuration Notes Features ▶ High performance with a single quad-core Intel Xeon 5504 processor (2.
PAGE 660
650 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information Electrical 505 W (at 200 VAC) BTU rating 1794 BTU/h (at 100 VAC) 1725 BTU/h (at 200 VAC) Output power (per power supply) • rated steady-state 460 W (at 100 to 120 VAC) power 460 W (at 200 to 240 VAC) • maximum peak power 460 W (at 100 to 120 VAC) 460 W (at 200 to 240 VAC) Mechanical Dimensions (H x W x D) 8.59 x 44.54 x 69.22 cm (3.38 x 17.54 x 27.
PAGE 661
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 651 MHW-W45M1-EL Management Workstation • The mid-range NVIDIA Quadro FX 1700 PCIe (512 MB) 3D graphics card ensures resolution and presentation of displayed video data at a standard level. The convertible minitower chassis allows the workstation to be set on the floor, at the side of a desk, or in a desktop configuration.
PAGE 662
652 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Parts Included Environmental Temperature Quantity Components 1 • • HP xw4600 Workstation Base Unit • • • • • • • • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP xw4600 Localization Kit (select desired language) 160 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200, 1st HDD operating 5 °C to 35 °C (40 °F to 95 °F) non-operting -40 °C to 60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F) Humidity • • HP USB standard keyboard HP USB optical scroll mouse operating 8 to 85% non-operating 8 to 90% HP 1.
PAGE 663
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 653 Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-SUI Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Switzerland— French/German MHW-AWLCK-SUI MHW-AWLCK-UK Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): United Kingdom —British English MHW-AWLCK-UK MHW-AWLCK-US Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): USA — American English MHW-AWLCK-US 11 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 664
654 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW-W65M1-PE Management Workstation The convertible minitower chassis allows the workstation to be set on the floor, at the side of a desk, or in a desktop configuration. System Overview The MHW-W65M1-PE Management Workstation is a highend workstation suitable for running the security systems software applications offered by Bosch. Please refer to the respective application data sheets to get detailed information.
PAGE 665
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 655 Parts Included Environmental Temperature Quantity Components 1 • • HP xw4600 Workstation Base Unit • • • • • • • • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP xw4600 Localization Kit (select desired language) 160 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200, 1st HDD operating 5 °C to 35 °C (40 °F to 95 °F) non-operting -40 °C to 60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F) Humidity • • HP USB standard keyboard HP USB optical scroll mouse operating 8 to 85% non-operating 8 to 90% HP 1.
PAGE 666
656 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-SUI Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Switzerland— French/German MHW-AWLCK-SUI MHW-AWLCK-UK Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): United Kingdom —British English MHW-AWLCK-UK MHW-AWLCK-US Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): USA — American English MHW-AWLCK-US 11 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 667
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 657 MHW-W65M1-NG Management Workstation The convertible minitower chassis allows the workstation to be set on the floor, at the side of a desk, or in a desktop configuration. System Overview The MHW-W65M1-NG Management Workstation is a highend workstation suitable for running the security systems software applications offered by Bosch. Please refer to the respective application data sheets to get detailed information.
PAGE 668
658 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Notes: Parts Included • Quantity Components 1 HP xw4600 Workstation Base Unit • • • • • • • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP xw4600 Localization Kit (select desired language) 160 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200, 1st HDD HP USB standard keyboard HP USB optical scroll mouse HP 1.44 MB floppy disk drive HP 16X DVD+/-RW SATA Intel Core 2 Duo E8400 3.
PAGE 669
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 659 Ordering Information MHW-AWGC-FX1800 Mid-range 3D Graphics Card NVIDIA Quadro FX 1800 PCIe (768 MB) MHW-AWGCFX1800 MHW-AWGC-ATIV57 Mid-range 3D Graphics Card ATI FirePro V5700 PCIe (512 MB) MHW-AWGCATIV57 MHW-AWGC-FX3800 High-end 3D Graphics Card NVIDIA Quadro FX 3800 PCIe (1 GB) MHW-AWGCFX3800 MHW-AWGC-FX4800 High-end 3D Graphics Card Graphics Card offers one DVI and one Display port.
PAGE 670
660 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW-W67M2-HE Management Workstation • The ultra-high-end NVIDIA Quadro FX 4800 PCIe (1.5 GB) 3D graphics card ensures high performance and resolution for fast presentation of displayed video data. The convertible minitower chassis allows the workstation to be set on the floor, at the side of a desk, or in a desktop configuration.
PAGE 671
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 661 Parts Included Environmental Temperature Quantity Components 1 • • HP xw4600 Workstation Base Unit • • • • • • • • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP xw4600 Localization Kit (select desired language) 160 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200, 1st HDD operating 5 °C to 35 °C (40 °F to 95 °F) non-operting -40 °C to 60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F) Humidity • • HP USB standard keyboard HP USB optical scroll mouse operating 8 to 85% non-operating 8 to 90% HP 1.
PAGE 672
662 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-SUI Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Switzerland— French/German MHW-AWLCK-SUI MHW-AWLCK-UK Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): United Kingdom —British English MHW-AWLCK-UK MHW-AWLCK-US Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): USA — American English MHW-AWLCK-US MHW-AWM2E-DE 2 GB Memory Expansion 2 GB memory expansion (German version) MHW-AWM2E-DE 11 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.
PAGE 673
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 663 MHW-W67M2-NG Management Workstation The convertible minitower chassis allows the workstation to be set on the floor, at the side of a desk, or in a desktop configuration. System Overview The MHW-W67M2-NG Management Workstation is a highperformance workstation suitable for running the security systems software applications offered by Bosch. Please refer to the respective application data sheets to get detailed information.
PAGE 674
664 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Notes: Parts Included • Quantity Components 1 HP xw4600 Workstation Base Unit • • • • • • • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP xw4600 Localization Kit (select desired language) 160 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200, 1st HDD HP USB standard keyboard HP USB optical scroll mouse HP 1.44 MB floppy disk drive HP 16X DVD+/-RW SATA Intel Core 2 Duo E8500 3.
PAGE 675
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 665 Ordering Information MHW-AWGC-FX1800 Mid-range 3D Graphics Card NVIDIA Quadro FX 1800 PCIe (768 MB) MHW-AWGCFX1800 MHW-AWGC-ATIV57 Mid-range 3D Graphics Card ATI FirePro V5700 PCIe (512 MB) MHW-AWGCATIV57 MHW-AWGC-FX3800 High-end 3D Graphics Card NVIDIA Quadro FX 3800 PCIe (1 GB) MHW-AWGCFX3800 MHW-AWGC-FX4800 High-end 3D Graphics Card Graphics Card offers one DVI and one Display port.
PAGE 676
666 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers MHW-W67M2D4-AE Management Workstation • It offers 2 GB of memory for reliable application performance, and its DDR2 800 MHz memory ensures high-quality data transmission and future expandability. • The architecture of this management workstation delivers next generation I/O throughput to handle future high throughput and visualization requirements. • The ultra-high-end NVIDIA Quadro FX 4800 PCIe (1.
PAGE 677
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 667 Parts Included Environmental Temperature Quantity Components 1 • • HP xw4600 Workstation Base Unit • • • • • • • • • • 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP xw4600 Localization Kit (select desired language) 160 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200, 1st HDD operating 5 °C to 35 °C (40 °F to 95 °F) non-operting -40 °C to 60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F) Humidity • • HP 1000 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200 HP USB standard keyboard operating 8 to 85% non-operating 8 to 90% HP USB opt
PAGE 678
668 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-SUI Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Switzerland— French/German MHW-AWLCK-SUI MHW-AWLCK-UK Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): United Kingdom —British English MHW-AWLCK-UK MHW-AWLCK-US Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): USA — American English MHW-AWLCK-US MHW-AWM2E-DE 2 GB Memory Expansion 2 GB memory expansion (German version) MHW-AWM2E-DE 11 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.
PAGE 679
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 669 MHW-WQ67M4-EE Management Workstation • The ultra-high-end NVIDIA Quadro FX 4800 PCIe (1.5 GB) 3D graphics card ensures highest performance and resolution for fast presentation of displayed video data. The convertible minitower chassis allows the workstation to be set on the floor, at the side of a desk, or in a desktop configuration.
PAGE 680
670 | Management Systems | Workstations and Servers Parts Included Environmental Temperature Quantity Components 1 • • HP xw4600 Workstation Base Unit • • • • • • • • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP xw4600 Localization Kit (select desired language) 160 GB SATA 3 GB/s NCQ 7200, 1st HDD operating 5 °C to 35 °C (40 °F to 95 °F) non-operting -40 °C to 60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F) Humidity • • HP USB standard keyboard HP USB optical scroll mouse operating 8 to 85% non-operating 8 to 90% HP 1.
PAGE 681
Management Systems | Workstations and Servers | 671 Ordering Information MHW-AWLCK-SUI Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): Switzerland— French/German MHW-AWLCK-SUI MHW-AWLCK-UK Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): United Kingdom —British English MHW-AWLCK-UK MHW-AWLCK-US Localization Kit Localization (OS/keyboard): USA — American English MHW-AWLCK-US 11 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 682
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 683
Management Systems | Video Content Analysis | 673 IVA 4.0 Intelligent Video Analysis IVA 4.0 supports head detection as a new feature. And Bosch for the first time also supports optical flow detection of objects in a video surveillance scene. Configurable detection filters and advanced tracking improve reliability and reduce operator work load. IVA 4.0 comes with the new enhanced calibration tool to allow the calibration of the camera within a few minutes.
PAGE 684
674 | Management Systems | Video Content Analysis Intelligence-at-the-Edge Concept Embedded Video Content Analysis (VCA), that decides which video is captured, is an implementation of the Intelligence-at-the-Edge concept. By only selecting alarm video for streaming or recording, less bandwidth and storage is used. Alarm conditions can be signaled by a relay output on the unit or an alarm connection, to stream video to a decoder or video management system.
PAGE 685
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 675 UML Series 8.4‑ and 10.4‑inch General Purpose LCD Monitors Functions Excellent image quality Bosch LCD monitors automatically adapt to the input resolution of the incoming video signal. The monitors' analog VGA input easily accommodates the widespread use of PCs in today's security surveillance systems.
PAGE 686
676 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels Technical Specifications Indicators All Models Electrical LED Power On (green) Power Off, Standby (red) On-screen VGA: Check input signal Video: Flashes “AV1” or “AV2” when there is a black screen UML-080-90 12 UML-100-90 Rated Voltage 120/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz 120/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Voltage Range 100 to 240 V 100 to 240 V Power at Rated Voltage < 35 W < 35 W Sync Format PAL/NTSC LCD Panel TFT LCD Connectors All Models Video 1 (AV1) Comp
PAGE 687
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 677 UML-1x1 Series 15-, 17-, 19-inch General Purpose LCD Flat Panel Monitors Functions Excellent image quality Bosch LCD monitors automatically adapt to the input resolution of the incoming video signal (up to 1280 x 1024 pixels or 1.3 Megapixels). The monitors' analog VGA input easily accommodates the widespread use of PCs in today's security surveillance systems.
PAGE 688
678 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels UML-151-90 UML-171-90 UML-191-90 LCD Panel TFT LCD TFT LCD TFT LCD Screen Size (H x V) 304.1 x 228.1 mm (12.0 x 9.0 in.) 338.0 x 270.0 m 376.0 x 301.0 m m m (13.3 x 10.6 in.) (14.8 x 11.9 in.) Viewable Picture Area 15 in. (381 mm) 17 in. (432 mm) measured measured diagonally diagonally Pixel Pitch: (H x V) 0.297 x 0.264 x 0.264 m 0.294 x 0.294 m 0.297 mm m m (0.01 x 0.01 in.) (0.01 x 0.01 in.) (0.01 x 0.01 in.
PAGE 689
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 679 Ordering Information UML-191-90 19-inch Color LCD Display Monitor 19-inch (483 mm) color LCD monitor, 3D image, 500 TVL, 1280 x 1024 resolution, VGA, CVBS, audio, 120/230 VAC, 50/60 HZ UML-191-90 Accessories UMM-LW-20B Fixed Wall Mount Fixed wall mount for flat panel LCD monitors, black UMM-LW-20B UMM-LW-30B Swivel/Tilt Wall Mount Swivel/Tilt wall mount for flat panel LCD monitors, black UMM-LW-30B UMM-LCDUB-RM Rack Mount Bracket for LCD Monitors Suppo
PAGE 690
680 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels UML Series 15-, 17-, 19inch General Purpose LCD Flat Panel Monitors Functions Excellent image quality Bosch LCD monitors automatically adapt to the input resolution of the incoming video signal (up to 1280 x 1024 pixels or 1.3 Megapixels). The monitors' analog VGA input easily accommodates the widespread use of PCs in today's security surveillance systems.
PAGE 691
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 681 Screen Size (H x V) UML-150-90 UML-170-90 UML-190-90 304.1 x 228.1 mm (12.0 x 9.0 in.) 338.0 x 270.0 m 376.0 x 301.0 m m m (13.3 x 10.6 in.) (14.8 x 11.9 in.) Viewable Picture Area 15 in. (381 mm) 17 in. (432 mm) measured measured diagonally diagonally Pixel Pitch: (H x V) 0.297 x 0.297 0.264 x 0.264 m 0.294 x 0.294 m mm m m (0.01 x 0.01 in.) (0.01 x 0.01 in.) (0.01 x 0.01 in.
PAGE 692
682 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels Parts Included One (1) Bosch General Purpose Color LCD Flat Panel Monitor One (1) VGA to VGA cable Two (2), 3-wire power cords with a grounded plug: one (1) with a European/Continental plug type and one (1) with a U.S.
PAGE 693
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 683 Bosch General Purpose Family of Color LCD Flat Panel Monitors Rated Voltage Voltage Range Power at Rated Voltage Sync Format LCD Panel Screen Size (H x V) Viewable Picture Area Pixel Pitch (H x V) Resolution Aspect Ratio Display Colors Response Time Backlight LCD Panel Optical Characteristics Luminance Contrast Ratio (CR) Viewing Angle (Horizontal/Vertical) Video Input Composite Video (CVBS) Y/C (S-video) PC Input Analog RGB PC Timing Modes 640 x 480 800 x
PAGE 694
684 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels Bosch General Purpose Family of Color LCD Flat Panel Monitors Connectors Video 1 (AV 1) Video 2 (AV 2) Y/C (S-video) RGB Power Input Power Adapter (included) Mechanical Cabinet Material Finish Mount Dimensions (W x H x D) Monitor with Base Monitor Only Weight Monitor with Base Monitor Only Environmental Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity Parts Included 12 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 695
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 685 MON201CL 20-inch Color LCD Flat Panel Display Monitor Its compact styling, including an LCD panel width of 86 mm (3.4 in.) and wide range viewing angle, makes the MON201CL an excellent choice for space limited and public view applications.
PAGE 696
686 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels Environmental VGA Input Analog RGB 0.707 Vp-p/75 Ohm VGA Timing Modes 640 x 480 800 x 600 Audio Input Level: 1.
PAGE 697
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 687 19RTLB 19-inch Color LCD Display Monitor (VGA) panel refreshes every five milliseconds, providing crisp clear images with less smearing and image ghosting in fast motion video. Long-life fluorescent backlights lets the LCD monitor avoid luminance degradation so the monitor easily maintains its brightness level over time as contrasted to the progressive dimness of aging CRT-type monitors.
PAGE 698
688 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels Ordering Information VGA Input Analog RGB 0.7 Vp-p (0.5–1 Vrms) VGA Timing Modes 640 x 480, 60/72/75 Hz 800 x 600, 60/72/75 Hz 1024 x 768, 60/70/75 Hz 1280 x 1024, 60/75 Hz Audio Input 1.
PAGE 699
Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels | 689 UML-19P-90 19-inch Color LCD Display Monitor (VGA) Functions Excellent image quality The Bosch UML-19P-90 LCD monitor automatically adapts to the input resolution of the incoming video signal (up to 1280 x 1024 pixels or 1.3 Megapixels). The monitors' analog VGA input easily accommodates the widespread use of PCs in today's security surveillance systems.
PAGE 700
690 | Monitors | General Purpose LCD Flat Panels Viewable Picture Area 19 in. (482 mm) measured diagonally Mechanical Pixel Pitch: (H x V) 0.294 x 0.294 mm (0.01 x 0.01 in.) Cabinet Material ABS plastic Resolution Up to 1280 x 1024 pixels Finish Black Aspect Ratio 5:4 Mount Wall mounting compatible with standard bracket, 100 mm (3.9 in.) centers, M4 thread Display Colors 8-bit interface; 16.
PAGE 701
Monitors | High Performance LCD Flat Panels | 691 UML Series 17-, 19-, 20inch High-performance LCD Flat Panel Monitors Functions Flexible interface These monitors include an analog RGB mode, a Digital DVI input, and an HDMI (high definition multimedia) input to accommodate the increasing use of PCs and digital video devices in security applications. To enhance the multiinput capability, the monitor includes a “picture-inpicture” function.
PAGE 702
692 | Monitors | High Performance LCD Flat Panels 12 Technical Specifications PC Input Electrical 1600 x 1200 UML-172-90 UML-192-90 UML-202-90 Rated Voltage 110/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz 110/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz 110/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Voltage Range 90-256 VAC 90-256 VAC 90-256 VAC Power at Rated <45 W Voltage <50 W 70 W Sync Format PAL/NTSC PAL/NTSC PAL/NTSC LCD Panel TFT LCD TFT LCD TFT LCD Screen Size (H x V) 338 x 270 mm 376 x 301 mm (13.3 x 10.6 in.) (14.8 x 11.9 in.
PAGE 703
Monitors | High Performance LCD Flat Panels | 693 Connectors UML-172-90 UML-192-90 UML-202-90 Video 1 Composite video: two (2) BNC (1 in, 1 out) Video 2 Composite video: two (2) BNC (1 in, 1 out) Y/C (S-video) Two (2) mini-DIN, 4-pin (1 in, 1 out) Component Y, Pb, Pr Audio PC: one (1) 1/8 in. mini phono plug Video: four (4) RCA (2 in, 2 out) DVI-D/HDMI/ RGB One (1) DVI in, One (1) HDMI in, One (1) RGB 15-pin Dsub in Trigger Input One (1) 1/8 in.
PAGE 704
694 | Monitors | High Performance LCD Flat Panels 42RTH 42-inch Highperformance LCD Monitor excellent color accuracy and imaging for easier viewing and interpretation of images. The panel refreshes every eight milliseconds, so you get crisp, clear images with less smearing – and less image “ghosting” in fast-motion video. Additionally, it has been designed for security applications and improves the functioning of any security equipment by using alarms to switch and display priority video.
PAGE 705
Monitors | High Performance LCD Flat Panels | 695 Port/Connector Port/Connector Controls 1 HDMI In 10 AV 1 Out (BNC) Front Panel Push-buttons 2 DVI In 11 AV 2 In (Video 2 BNC) Source Selects input 3 RGB In 12 AV 2 Out (BNC) Menu 4 PC Stereo In 13 S-video In 5 Audio Out 14 S-video Out Selects on-screen display (OSD) up cursor, down cursor/auto adjust, left cursor, right cursor 6 Component Y, Pb, Pr In 15 AV 2 Audio L/R In Power On/Off 7 Component Audio L/R In 16 AV 1, S-video
PAGE 706
696 | Monitors | High Performance LCD Flat Panels Connectors Video Four (4) BNC types: (2 in, 2 out) RGB One (1) 15-pin D-sub Y/C (S-Video) Two (2) (1 in, 1 out) Component Y, Pb, Pr Audio Four (4) RCA type (2 stereo inputs) One (1) PC stereo input One (1) looping output, 1/8 in. mini phono plug DVI-D/HDMI One (1)/ One (1) Trigger One (1) 3.5 mm mini phone plug or (1) 3.5 mm mini-stereo plug Power Cord One (1) 3-wire with a grounded plug, 1.8 m (6 ft) long (European/Continental or U.S.
PAGE 707
Monitors | Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware | 697 Accessories for LCD Monitors The RMK-08 rack mount is ideal for mounting 15-inch, 17inch, or 19-inch UML LCD monitors. The one-touch tilt feature allows adjustment of ±35° without the use of tools. The UMM-LCDUB-RM is ideal for mounting 15-inch, 17inch, or 19-inch UML LCD monitors. This mount supports dual 8.4-in. and single 8.4- to 19-in. LCD monitors in a standard VESA rack cabinet.
PAGE 708
698 | Monitors | Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware Fixed Wall Mount Bracket (UMM-LW-20B) UMM-LW-30B Swivel/Tilt Wall Mount Bracket Weight 1 5/16 in. Allen Wrench 1 Level 0.47 kg (1.04 lb) Parts Included UMM-LW-20B Fixed Wall Mount Bracket 1 VESA® mounting plate, fixed 1 Wall bracket 2 1/4 x 2.0 in. Wedge anchors (for concrete installations) 2 1/2 x 2.0 in. Wood screws 4 M4 x 10 mm Screws 1 Level UMM-LCDUB-RM The UMM-LCDUB_RM supports dual 8.4-in. and single 8.4to 19-in.
PAGE 709
Monitors | Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware | 699 ST660 Universal Tilt Wall Mount RMK-08 Rack Mount Bracket Mechanical Mechanical Rack Mount Bracket (RMK-08) Universal Tilt Wall Mount (ST660) Monitor Type For 32-in. to 60-in. LCD monitors only Monitor Type LCD monitors only Maximum Weight Capacity 90.71 kg (200 lb) Maximum Weight Capacity 9.5 kg (20.
PAGE 710
700 | Monitors | Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware Ordering Information ST660 Universal Tilt Wall Mount Tilt wall mount for an LCD 32 in. to 60 in., black ST660 12 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 711
Monitors | Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware | 701 TC9209MM‑W, MM3000, TC9217MM, TC9220MM Series Monitor Mounts The TC9200MM series have all been redesigned to incorporate anti-roll-out brackets to provide an extra measure of safety and support to prevent a monitor from falling forward when mounted in the tilt-down position. Maximum tilt-down angle has been increased to 30°. All parts are included in the TC9200MM-C series to mount various monitor sizes to a structural ceiling.
PAGE 712
702 | Monitors | Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware Model No. TC9217MM-C TC9220MM-C Technical Specifications Width Height Depth mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) MM3000 343 to 534 324 to 457 254 Monitor Size 23 cm (9 in.) to 30 cm (12 in.) (13.5 to 21) (12.8 to 18) (10) Maximum Load 18 kg (40 lb) 457 to 660 400 to 533 356 Pan 360° (18 to 26) (15.8 to 21) (14) Tilt 45° maximum forward Finish Off-white Dimensions See drawing1 Weight 3.62 kg (8 lb) 1.
PAGE 713
Monitors | Monitor Mounts and Rack Mount Hardware | 703 Dimensions See drawing Weight 21.3 kg (46.9 lb) Monitor Mount Compatibility Chart Bosch Monitor Model No.
PAGE 714
Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 715
Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission | 705 Fiber Optic Media Converters CNFE2MC/IN The CNFE2MC/IN is a media converter device designed to transmit and receive 10/100 Mbps Ethernet data over optical fiber using SFP modules. This head-end device is supplied in an enclosure that can be surface mounted or rack mounted using the optional C1-IN rack mount card cage. The unit does not require in-field adjustments, and provides automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover.
PAGE 716
706 | Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission Installation/Configuration Notes The Bosch Fiber Optic Media Converter solution consists of three core components and several optional components to help fit every application. To provide fiber optic communications between a Bosch VG4 AutoDome and a controller you must use the following: • One (1) VG4-SFPSCKT Fiber Optic Ethernet Media Converter Kit – a printed circuit board installed inside a VG4 power supply box.
PAGE 717
Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission | 707 Electrical Power • Supplied Power Pack Input: 90–264 VAC, 50/60 Hz Output: 9 VDC @ 1 A • Module: 8-15 VDC @ 220 mA Current Protection Automatic resettable Solid-state current limiters Circuit Board Meets IPC Standard Mechanical Dimensions (LxWxH) 16.0 x 13.0 x 2.8 cm (6.3 x 5.1 x 1.1 in.) Shipping Weight 0.
PAGE 718
708 | Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission Ordering Information CNFE2MC/IN Rack-mounted Ethernet Fiber Optic Media Converter Two-port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Media Converter, 120/230 VAC CNFE2MC/IN SFP‑2 Small Form‑factor Pluggable Optical Interface SFP Fiber Optic Module, Multi-mode, 1310 nm, 2 km (1.2 miles), 2 LC connectors SFP-2 SFP‑3 Small Form‑factor Pluggable Optical Interface SFP Fiber Optic Module, Single-mode, 1310 nm, 20 km (12.
PAGE 719
Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission | 709 LTC 44xx, 46xx, and LTC 47xx Series Fiber Optics Model Summary Model No.
PAGE 720
710 | Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission LTC 4629 Transceiver Series is also compatible with the ENV Series of Bosch AutoDome® Cameras that incorporate an integral fiber optic transceiver.
PAGE 721
Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission | 711 1 Camera 1 AutoDome Series Pan/Tilt/Zoom Camera 2 Coax Cable 2 Bi-Phase Control Data Cable 3 Fiber Optic Video Transmitter 3 Fiber Optic Transceiver 4 Fiber Optic Cable: Up to 3 km (1.9 miles) using 62.5/125 micron Multimode Fiber Optic Cable 4 Fiber Optic Cable: Up to 4 km (2.5 miles) using 62.
PAGE 722
712 | Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission 1 AutoDome Series Pan/Tilt/Zoom Camera 2 Separate Video Signal Transmission Link 3 Bi-Phase Control Data Cable 4 Fiber Optic Data transceiver 5 Up to 3.5 km (2 miles) using 62.5/125 micron Multimode Fiber Optic Cable Models No. Power Source1 Requires Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) > 55 dB @ 10 dB attenuation > 60 dB @ 7 dB attenuation Shipping Weight < 0.
PAGE 723
Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission | 713 LTC 4630 and LTC 4631 Series Models No. Description Power Source3 Requires Models No.
PAGE 724
714 | Video Transmission Systems | Fiber Optic Video Transmission Models No. Description Power Source5 Requires Models No. Input Volt- Voltage Range Output Max Power8 age Voltage Transmitter Output Power 25 uW (–16 dBm) Fusing Rack Slots Required (when used with LTC 4637 Rack) One (1), rack-mount version only One (1) slow-blow for rack power supply; modules individually electronically fused Connectors AC line cord; 3-terminal adaptor sockets, per slot Dimensions (L x W x H) 48.3 x 17.8 x 13.
PAGE 725
Video Transmission Systems | Bilinx | 715 VP-CFGSFT Bilinx Configuration Tool CTFID is supplied with a small hardware adaptor that plugs into any USB-compliant port supported by a Windows® operating system. Once the CTFID software is loaded, the adaptor communicates over the video signal from any Bilinx-enabled camera or AutoDome. This allows service personnel to simply tap into the video cable at a convenient location, anywhere between the camera and the monitoring station, using a simple T Connector.
PAGE 726
716 | Video Transmission Systems | Bilinx Technical Specifications Format Software supplied on CD-ROM includes installation, program and help files Part Numbers VP-CFGSFT Includes software and USB to BNC adaptor VP-USB USB to BNC adaptor only Compatibility Imaging Devices • • Version 1.0: AutoDome Version 5.2 only • Version 2.1: above, including Dinion models – LTC 0335, LTC 0355, LTC 0435, or LTC 0455 (Bosch labeled only) • Version 2.
PAGE 727
Video Transmission Systems | Bilinx | 717 LTC 8016/90 Allegiant Bilinx Data Interface With Bilinx technology, installation costs are reduced because no additional data communication cabling to the camera site is required. Installation time is also reduced; once the cameras and data cable to the LTC 8016 are connected, and its group ID number is set, all other internal settings are configured automatically.
PAGE 728
718 | Video Transmission Systems | Bilinx Bilinx Video Signal Presence One (1) green LED for each of 16 channels Ethernet Port Green LED indicates link; Yellow LED indicates activity Rear Panel Controls Group ID Three (3) rotary switches Rear Panel Connectors Bilinx Video Inputs Video Outputs Bi-Phase Data Interface 16 BNC connectors; accepts standard NTSC/PAL baseband composite video signals or video signals from Bilinx-capable cameras; 0.5–1.
PAGE 729
Video Transmission Systems | Video Signal Equipment | 719 LTC 5231/90 and LTC 5234/90 Video Distribution Amplifiers These are indoor products and supplied as desktop units. Rack-mount kits are available from Bosch Security Systems for mounting in a standard EIA 48-cm (19-in.) rack.
PAGE 730
720 | Video Transmission Systems | Video Signal Equipment Electrical LTC 5234/90: 4-channel Model Number LTC 5234/90 Rated Voltage 120/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Voltage Range 108 to 264 Power at Rated Voltage 5.5 W Video Inputs Four (4), fixed 75 Ohm termination Signal Range 0.7 Vp-p to 1.4 Vp-p Video Outputs Three (3) for each channel, 75 Ohm Video Gain Unity +1.0/-0% Signal-to-noise –72 dB Typical Bandwidth–3 dB Point 33 MHz Typical Differential Gain 0.6% Typical Differential Phase 0.
PAGE 731
Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers | 721 UPA Power Supplies/ Transformers Features ▶ Provides efficient, constant power for CCD and MegaPixel cameras, keyboards and other low power usage products ▶ Models are exceptionally energy efficient ▶ Meet or exceed International Energy Efficiency Level IV requirements Technical Specifications Model No. Rated Input Rated Output UPA-2410-60 120 VAC, 60 Hz 24 VAC, 60 Hz, 10 VA UPA-2430-60 120 VAC, 60 Hz 24 VAC, 1.
PAGE 732
722 | Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers UPA-12300-60 Environmental Operating Temperature –10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F) Storage Temperature –30°C to 75°C (–22°F to 167°F) Humidity 30% to 85% relative UPA-2430-60 UPA-12300-60 Power Supply 1 Legacy mounting tab Electrical UPA-2430-60 Power Supply 1 Legacy mounting tab Electrical Rated Input 120 VAC, 60 Hz Rated Output 24 VAC, 1.
PAGE 733
Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers | 723 TC1382 Isolation Transformer UPA-2420-50 TC1382 Isolation Transformer UPA-2420-50 Power Supply Electrical Electrical Rated Input 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz Rated Input 220-240 V, 50 Hz Rated Output 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 7 VA Rated Output 24 V, 20 VA Mechanical Mechanical Input Connectors Black wire leads, 203 mm (8 in.) Output Connectors Brown wire leads, 203 mm (8 in.) Construction/Finish Uncased Dimensions (W x D x H) 82.
PAGE 734
724 | Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers UPA-2450-60 Environmental Operating Temperature –10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F) Storage Temperature –30°C to 80°C (–22°F to 176°F) Humidity 30% to 85% relative UPA-2450-50 UPA-2450-50 Power Supply Electrical Rated Input 230 VAC, 50 Hz Rated Output 24 VAC, 50 VA Mechanical 14 Input Connectors 2-prong, European Europlug standard (4 mm / 19 mm) Output Connectors Two (2) screw terminals UPA-2450-60 Power Supply Construction/Finish
PAGE 735
Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers | 725 UPA-1220-60 UPA-1220-50 UPA-1220-60 Power Supply UPA-1220-50 Power Supply Electrical Electrical Rated Input 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Rated Input 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Rated Output 12 VDC, 1.0 A, regulated Rated Output 12 VDC, 1.0 A, regulated Mechanical Mechanical Input Connectors 2-prong, North American standard (nonpolarized) Input Connectors 2-prong, European Europlug standard (4 mm / 19 mm) Output Connectors 2.1 x 5.5 x 10.
PAGE 736
726 | Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers UPA-1509-60 UPA-1509-50 UPA-1509-60 Power Supply UPA-1509-50 Power Supply Electrical Electrical Rated Input 120 VAC, 60 Hz Rated Input 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Rated Output 15 VDC, 600 mA Rated Output 15 VDC, 600 mA Mechanical Mechanical Input Connectors 2-prong, North American standard (nonpolarized) Input Connectors 2-prong, European Europlug standard (4 mm / 19 mm) Output Connectors Three (3) screw terminals Output Connecto
PAGE 737
Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers | 727 Ordering Information UPA-2450-50 Power Supply 220 VAC, 50 Hz, 24 VAC, 50 VA Out UPA-2450-50 UPA-2420-50 Power Supply 220 VAC, 50 Hz, 24 VAC, 20 VA Out UPA-2420-50 14 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 738
728 | Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers Power Supplies and Transformers TC1334 Power Supply 1 Input 120 VAC, 60 Hz 2 To 24 VAC on Camera Features ▶ For CCD cameras and other low power applications ▶ 24 VAC, 15 VDC and 12 VDC secondary output models RTD12/3RT Power Supply (for CAM940x cameras) ▶ Models for 120 VAC, 230 VAC and 24 VAC power sources 1 Input 120 VAC, 60 Hz ▶ Isolation transformer for 24 VAC 2 To 12 VDC Regulated on Camera ▶ Safety agency certified The Bosch line
PAGE 739
Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers | 729 TC220PSX-24 Power Supply 1 To 24 VAC Terminals on Camera 2 With 240 VAC Input: Use #1 and COM 3 With 220 VAC Input: Use #2 and COM Dimensions Codes TC24PS Power Supply Note The Dimension specified are approximate and relate to the general diagrams shown above 1 Blue Not Used 2 Green (-) GND To 15 VDC Terminals on Camera 3 Brown (+) To 15 VDC Terminals on Camera Technical Specifications Model No.
PAGE 740
730 | Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers RT2440SL TC220PS Output Two (2) screw terminals Weight 0.60 kg (1.33 lb) Construction/Finish White plastic case Safety GS, CE Dimensions (W x D x H) 66.8 x 57.2 x 82.6 mm (2.63 x 2.25 x 3.25 in.) TC220PSX-24 Weight 0.65 kg (1.
PAGE 741
Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers | 731 TC8235GIT Ground Loop Isolation Transformer Circuit Diagram of Transformer Input 75 Ω UNB Output 75 Ω UNB Features ▶ Ground isolation for 75 Ohm video/data lines ▶ 10 Hz to 7 MHz bandwidth ▶ Low insertion loss ▶ Insulated BNC connectors ▶ Excellent discrimination against power line interground potentials ▶ Easy installation The TC8235GIT is a one-to-one isolation transformer for 75 Ohm coax video/data lines.
PAGE 742
732 | Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers Dimensional Outline in mm (inches) 1 Insulated BNC Connector (2) Technical Specifications Electrical Impedance Levels 75 Ω unbalanced, input and output Insertion Loss 0.5 dB at 1 kHz Return Loss Better than 20 dB,120 Hz to 5 MHz Sine Wave Transmission(Bandwidth) Amplitude Flat loss is 0.
PAGE 743
Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers | 733 PSU-224-DC100 Universal Power Supply The PSU-224-DC100 universal power supply provides DC voltage to one or two devices requiring a total power of up to 96 W. The power supply accepts 100-240 VAC input, and outputs 24 VDC. The power supply is certified for UL safety ratings as a Class 2 power circuit. The power supply uses input and output clamps to connect the power input cable, and up to two power output cables (no cables included).
PAGE 744
734 | Racking and Power Supplies | Power Supplies/Transformers Harmonic current Compliance to Class C (less than 75% load); EN61000-3-3 EMS immunity Compliance to EN61000-4-2,3,4,5,6,8,11; ENV50204, EN55024, EN61547, light industry level (surge 4KV), criteria A Ordering Information PSU-224-DC100 Universal Power Supply Universal Power Supply 2x24 VDC PSU-224-DC100 14 Bosch Security Systems B.V. www.boschsecurity.
PAGE 745
Racking and Power Supplies | Rack Kits and Mounting Consoles | 735 TC9209MM‑W, MM3000, TC9217MM, TC9220MM Series Monitor Mounts The TC9200MM series have all been redesigned to incorporate anti-roll-out brackets to provide an extra measure of safety and support to prevent a monitor from falling forward when mounted in the tilt-down position. Maximum tilt-down angle has been increased to 30°. All parts are included in the TC9200MM-C series to mount various monitor sizes to a structural ceiling.
PAGE 746
736 | Racking and Power Supplies | Rack Kits and Mounting Consoles Model No. TC9217MM-C TC9220MM-C Technical Specifications Width Height Depth mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) MM3000 343 to 534 324 to 457 254 Monitor Size 23 cm (9 in.) to 30 cm (12 in.) (13.5 to 21) (12.8 to 18) (10) Maximum Load 18 kg (40 lb) 457 to 660 400 to 533 356 Pan 360° (18 to 26) (15.8 to 21) (14) Tilt 45° maximum forward Finish Off-white Dimensions See drawing1 Weight 3.62 kg (8 lb) 1.
PAGE 747
Racking and Power Supplies | Rack Kits and Mounting Consoles | 737 Dimensions See drawing Weight 21.3 kg (46.9 lb) Monitor Mount Compatibility Chart Bosch Monitor Model No.
PAGE 748
738 | Racking and Power Supplies | Rack Kits and Mounting Consoles Accessories for LCD Monitors The RMK-08 rack mount is ideal for mounting 15-inch, 17inch, or 19-inch UML LCD monitors. The one-touch tilt feature allows adjustment of ±35° without the use of tools. The UMM-LCDUB-RM is ideal for mounting 15-inch, 17inch, or 19-inch UML LCD monitors. This mount supports dual 8.4-in. and single 8.4- to 19-in. LCD monitors in a standard VESA rack cabinet.
PAGE 749
Racking and Power Supplies | Rack Kits and Mounting Consoles | 739 Fixed Wall Mount Bracket (UMM-LW-20B) UMM-LW-30B Swivel/Tilt Wall Mount Bracket Weight 1 5/16 in. Allen Wrench 1 Level 0.47 kg (1.04 lb) Parts Included UMM-LW-20B Fixed Wall Mount Bracket 1 VESA® mounting plate, fixed 1 Wall bracket 2 1/4 x 2.0 in. Wedge anchors (for concrete installations) 2 1/2 x 2.0 in. Wood screws 4 M4 x 10 mm Screws 1 Level UMM-LCDUB-RM The UMM-LCDUB_RM supports dual 8.4-in. and single 8.4to 19-in.
PAGE 750
740 | Racking and Power Supplies | Rack Kits and Mounting Consoles ST660 Universal Tilt Wall Mount RMK-08 Rack Mount Bracket Mechanical Mechanical Rack Mount Bracket (RMK-08) Universal Tilt Wall Mount (ST660) Monitor Type For 32-in. to 60-in. LCD monitors only Monitor Type LCD monitors only Maximum Weight Capacity 90.71 kg (200 lb) Maximum Weight Capacity 9.5 kg (20.
PAGE 751
Racking and Power Supplies | Rack Kits and Mounting Consoles | 741 Ordering Information ST660 Universal Tilt Wall Mount Tilt wall mount for an LCD 32 in. to 60 in., black ST660 14 www.boschsecurity.com Bosch Security Systems B.V.
PAGE 752
742 | Index 1 19RTLB 19-inch Color LCD Display Monitor (VGA) 687 4 42RTH 42-inch High-performance LCD Monitor 694 7 700 Series Hybrid/Network Recorder 517,539 A Accessories for LCD Monitors Accessory Packages for the Allegiant Aegis SuperLED Illuminator AEGIS UFLED Intelligent-IR Illuminator AEGIS UFLED White Light Illuminators AutoDome 100 Series Fixed Camera System AutoDome 200 Series PTZ Camera System AutoDome 300 Series PTZ Camera System AutoDome 500i Series Intelligent PTZ Camera System AutoDome
PAGE 753
Index | 743 LTC 0440 Series Dinion Color Cameras 160 LTC 0455 Series Dinion Color Cameras 158 LTC 0485 Series DinionXF Color Cameras 152 LTC 0498 Series Dinion2X Day/Night Camera 144 LTC 0510 Series DinionXF Monochrome Cameras 178 LTC 0610 Series DinionXF Color Cameras 155 LTC 13xx and LTC 14xx Series FlexiDome Fixed Dome Cameras 320 LTC 2380/90, LTC 2382/90 Digital Video Quad Processor 493 LTC 2605/91 Video Manager 483 LTC 2662/90 Series Color Universal Video Multiplexer 500 LTC 44xx, 46xx, and LTC 47xx S
PAGE 754
744 | Index S SFT‑INTSRV Integration Server Software SFT‑VASA Hybrid IP - Analog Matrix/Video over IP Integration Software System4 Series Video Management System 477 479 489 T TC2073 Series Maximum Security Housings 357 TC8235GIT Ground Loop Isolation Transformer 731 TC9200 Series Indoor Camera Mounts 387 TC9209MM‑W, MM3000, TC9217MM, TC9220MM Series Monitor Mounts 701,735 TC9346A Series Housings Indoor/Outdoor 383 TC9376H Ceiling Housing 356 U UHI‑OG(S)‑0 Indoor Camera Housing UHI‑SBG‑0 Series Indoor H
PAGE 755
SVK-Brand.
PAGE 756
A Tradition of Quality and Innovation Bosch Security Systems To learn more about our product offering, please visit www.boschsecurity.com or send an e-mail to emea.securitysystems@bosch.